Advanced Search

Tambourin arr. alto saxophone & piano

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for alto saxophone and piano sounding in Eb. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the compe Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for alto saxophone and piano sounding in Eb. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting the right choice of tempo. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 112 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. Players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 57 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 108,112, 118, 124, 130 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. alto saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s LaudateDominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s int Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s LaudateDominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Minuet and Trio in Eb D.335 arr. alto saxophone & piano

The Minuet & Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for the combination of alto saxophone and piano.Wh Show More...

The Minuet & Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement is for the combination of alto saxophone and piano.Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music score is 120 quarter note beats to the bar with the Minuet and Trio played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This is an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases predominantly feature. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata arr. alto saxophone & piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 90 dotted quarter notes to the minute with the movement sounding in the key of Ab. The movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been omitted in the realisation The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded enabling alto saxophonists to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 86 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 90 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 94 and Accompaniment 4 plays at 98 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Serenade arr. alto saxophone & piano

This is an arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment of this familiar piece from the string quartet repertoire. The music possesses clas Show More...

This is an arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment of this familiar piece from the string quartet repertoire. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The music in the movement does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato (Andante Cantabile) and the accompaniment staccato or at least in a detached manner. A tempo of 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at a selection of tempo with the sounding key being Eb. Close

October (Autumn Song) arr. alto saxophone & piano

October (Autumn Song) is a composition that dates from 1876 and is in ternary form (ABA) work being part of a collection of 12 pieces by the composer Show More...

October (Autumn Song) is a composition that dates from 1876 and is in ternary form (ABA) work being part of a collection of 12 pieces by the composer known as “The Seasons.” This piece requires sensitive but at the same quite controlled playing – exaggerated dynamics and articulations need to be avoided. Many older scores of this work are filled with articulation markings that possibly don’t have the same relevance with modern instruments. It is quiet melancholy composition of great beauty with some sharing of melodic material between the voices which makes it an excellent ensemble piece. Some performers particularly in the triplet passage work at the end of the sections interpret the ties rather liberally. Understand that the realisation which plays back at 62 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst satisfactory does not truly demonstrate the range of tempo variation needed for a truly convincing performance. Rubato is the term that applies when performing this music. The pause mark is also not well represented in the recording as it really needs to be much longer whilst the small notes do not sound. The editor suggests listening to many of the excellent performances of this work. Alto saxophone players will be exploring the lower range of the instrument. Piano accompaniments are in place whilst an alto saxophone part is appended to the full score. Close

Waltz in F minor arr. alto saxophone & piano

A gentle lilting movement with a suggested tempo of 132 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute which is used in the realisation. This piece needs Show More...

A gentle lilting movement with a suggested tempo of 132 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute which is used in the realisation. This piece needs to be played with a slight speeding up and slowing down of the tempo at appropriate places in the score which is described as “tempo rubato’” and features in much of the best Chopin playing. The realisation doesn’t apply rubato in a totally satisfactory way. The octave section that features in the melody of the piano score has not been transferred to the instrument writing in the arrangements. In Bar 21 the triplet option sounds in the realisation whilst the trill in the penultimate bar begins on the lower note and in the realisation 7 notes are sounded. The original piano work does have some additional ornaments which performers may wish to consider adding after studying the solo piano score. Repeats are a played in the realisation. Accompaniments are in place with and without repeats. This arrangement sounds in the key of F minor whilst the alto saxophone part is appropriately transposed in the sheet music download. Close

Sicilienne arr. alto saxophone & piano

A sicilienne is a slow tempo movement usually in a minor key with lilting rhythmic patterns and dotted notes enabling it to be described as a slow jig Show More...

A sicilienne is a slow tempo movement usually in a minor key with lilting rhythmic patterns and dotted notes enabling it to be described as a slow jig. This movement dates from 1893 and exists in several different arrangements. Fauré’s music possesses subtlety and as a composer he has a great awareness of instrument colour. Careful attention needs to be paid to the reading of accidentals as frequently different voices are sounding in what seem to be conflicting versions of a note. This is attributable to the modal element that it is a strong component of Fauré’s music. Apart from this, attention needs to be made to the reading of the notes and the score detail particularly in respect to knowing which notes are tied. In preparing the scores the most appropriate range of the solo instrument is explored and consequently different arrangements explore different octave ranges. The sustaining pedal is required when playing the accompaniment and this has been indicated in the opening bars of the full score. The accompanist has the choice of whether or not to spread the chords in bar 42 and 43. The realisation plays at a tempo of 50 dotted quarter notes to the minute – the music editor’s view is that many performances of the work are played too quickly. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full score appropriately transposed. Piano accompaniments are also in place. Close

Minuet in Ab WoO 10 No.2 arr. alto saxophone & piano

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the Show More...

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the manuscript was lost and the music has essentially been reconstructed from a piano arrangement. It is a melodic piece full of character and humour. In a performance the Minuet is played with repeats followed by the Trio section marked Più mosso again with repeats. Finally, the first Minuet is repeated but this time without repeats. A rit. (slowing down) at the end of the two main sections (minuet and trio) is appropriate. The music editor suggests listening to many performances featuring different soloists get a clear vision of how the movement can and should be played. It is a Beethoven piece that frequently is played badly. A tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the first Minuet section and a tempo of 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the Trio section marked Più mosso. Accompaniments are available for this score with a four bar count in played on a two sounds of the wood block. Because of the tempo changes and the upbeat in the solo part there is a two beat click between the sections. Accompaniment 1 has a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 110 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 2 has a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 3 has a tempo of 108 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 4 has a tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 120 for the Trio section. This score was reviewed, revised with accompaniments added in 2026. An alto saxophone part is appended to the music score. Close

Spring Song arr. trombone & piano

A joyous and uplifting movement both for the player and the listener. A tempo of 80 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute is suggested and used Show More...

A joyous and uplifting movement both for the player and the listener. A tempo of 80 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute is suggested and used in the realisation. Whilst a performance should not be rushed it also mustn’t drag. Listen to performances of this work by different instrument combinations to form a musical picture of how the work should be performed. The music editor suggests that this an example of a piano piece that actually sounds much better played by a combination of instruments. Look for any repeating patterns in the music as an understanding of the formal patterns will assist players in their performances. Acciaccaturas and in the melody line are notated in the score but are nor realised in the playback scores. Pianists need to experiment with the sustaining pedal to obtain the sound that they want – pedalling on and off on each beat of the bar with some flexibility particularly at cadences is another music editors suggestion. Piano accompaniments are in place enabling trombonists to enjoy ensemble playing as part of practice routines. Close

Waltz in G minor arr. trombone & piano

A gentle lilting movement with a suggested tempo of 132 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute which is used in the realisation. This piece needs Show More...

A gentle lilting movement with a suggested tempo of 132 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute which is used in the realisation. This piece needs a needs to be played with a slight speeding up and slowing down of the tempo at appropriate places in the score which is described as “tempo rubato’” and features in much of the best Chopin playing. Understand that the realisation doesn’t apply rubato in a totally satisfactory way. The octave section that features in the melody of the piano score has not be transferred to the instrument writing in the arrangements. In Bar 21 the triplet option sounds in the realisation whilst the trill in the penultimate bar begins on the lower note and in the realisation 7 notes are sounded. The original piano work does have some additional ornaments which the appropriate performers may wish to consider adding after studying the solo piano score. The repeats are played in the realization. Close

Tambourin arr. trombone & piano

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for trombone and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for trombone and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from the PlentyMusic website. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting the right choice of tempo. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 108 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 5.7 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Close

Serenade arr. trombone & piano

This is an arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment of this familiar piece from the string quartet repertoire. The music possesses classical Show More...

This is an arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment of this familiar piece from the string quartet repertoire. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The music in the movement does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato (Andante Cantabile) and the accompaniment staccato or at least in a detached manner. A tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at a selection of tempo. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. trombone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intentio Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines with PlentyMusic piano accompaniments playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 & 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute which are available from the PlentyMusic website. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata arr. trombone & piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 88 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been omitted in the realisation The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo trombonists to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

1st Mvmt Divertimento No.3 arr. trombone & piano

In this arrangement for trombone accompanied by piano a tempo of 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation and piano Show More...

In this arrangement for trombone accompanied by piano a tempo of 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation and piano accompaniments are in place enabling the trombonist to practice as part of an ensemble. The accompaniments play at 120, 132 & 144 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute whilst the sounding key is Bb. The repeats are not in place in either the realisation or the accompaniments. The essential elements of Mozart’s compositional style are very evident in this work available to a wide range of instruments and instrument combinations on the PlentyMusic website. The realisations at times just lack the rhythmic lightness that is required in a Mozart performance. His music demands playing that is accurate, consistent and sensitive to style. The Divertimento (and the related Viennese Sonatinas) are relatively easy works and well worth exploring. The music editor suggests omitting the trill in bar 26 of the piano part in the first instance. Close

Traümerie (Dreaming) arr. trombone & piano

Traümerie (Dreaming) was originally a piano work from Robert Schumann’s “Scenes of Childhood” Opus 16 published in 1838. It is a very familiar Show More...

Traümerie (Dreaming) was originally a piano work from Robert Schumann’s “Scenes of Childhood” Opus 16 published in 1838. It is a very familiar piece from the romantic repertoire suited to being played by many instruments as a solo accompanied either by the piano or various forms of ensemble. There are wide tempo variations in performances of the work and the music editor suggests listening to different solo instruments and piano recordings. The challenge in a performance is to combine the beauty of the melody with a beauty of tone of the instrument which is being played with a sense of space and an understanding of the time elements that exist in music. Understandably because this is a piece of music from the romantic repertoire is a very emotional piece of music which can both be communicated well and also on occasions insensitively. It is excellent piece for broadening performing experience where players need to show sensitivity to the acoustic and the best performances of this work tend not to be rushed. Whatever instrument is being played the original piano score is worth a study of its own. Players need to linger particularly on the dotted quarter notes (crotchets) and pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal. The harmonic language is at times quite chromatic with diminished seventh chords featured. Piano accompaniments are in place. Close

MInuet & Trio in Ab D.334 arr. trombone & piano

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. The suggested date for the minuets composition is 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire that needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the trombone is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. trombone & piano

Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without Show More...

Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A trombone part is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as a pdf file. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 116 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section and trombonists may well like to play this section an octave higher than written. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Should any changes, re-scoring or arrangements for another instrument grouping be needed please contact the PlentyMusic Office and the music editor will respond to the request. PlentyMusic. A trombone part is appended to the full score. Close

October ( Autumn Song) arr. trombone & piano

October (Autumn Song) is a composition that dates from 1876 and is in ternary form (ABA) work being part of a collection of 12 pieces by the composer Show More...

October (Autumn Song) is a composition that dates from 1876 and is in ternary form (ABA) work being part of a collection of 12 pieces by the composer known as “The Seasons.” This piece requires sensitive but at the same quite controlled playing – exaggerated dynamics and articulations need to be avoided. Many older scores of this work are filled with articulation markings that possibly don’t have the same relevance with modern instruments. It is quiet melancholy composition of great beauty with some sharing of melodic material between the voices which makes it an excellent ensemble piece. Some performers particularly in the triplet passage work at the end of the sections interpret the ties rather liberally. Understand that realisation whilst quite satisfactory does not demonstrate the range of tempo variation needed for a truly convincing performance. Rubato is very applicable when performing this music. The pause mark is also not well represented in the recording as it really needs to be much longer whilst the small notes do not sound. The editor suggests listening to many of the excellent performances of this work. A trombone part is appended to the full score. Close

Galop | Can-Can arr. viola & piano

Galop | Can-Can by J. Offenbach in an intermediate level arrangement viola with piano accompaniment in the original key of D majo. Dating from 1858 th Show More...

Galop | Can-Can by J. Offenbach in an intermediate level arrangement viola with piano accompaniment in the original key of D majo. Dating from 1858 this is one of the most familiar melodies in the history of music This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable melody. This is a genuine performance piece to be enjoyed by both instrumentalists and audiences alike. It is very evident that Jacques Offenbach had a real gift and sense of melody and fun in making music. Not necessarily favoured by the music critics of the time, much of his music has nevertheless remained in the repertoire. Nietzsche & Zola also commented on his operettas for those who want to discover more about the ambivalence of his status. String players will need to pay attention to the range of articulations and dynamics needed in a performance. Repeat signs are in place in the score whilst the realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the introductory first section and 132 quarter (crotchet) note beats in the second. As unmistakenly music intended for dancing there is a regular phrase structure in the second section and repetition is a strong feature of the composing process. There is an opening 23 bar section marked Allegro succeeded by a faster section which has an A B C A A + Coda structure with a 2 bar link between sections B & C. “Le Galop” is often referred to as the “Can-Can” and was first performed in 1858 causing a bit of a stir because of its risqué nature though more in the visual rather than musical sense. Le Galop is from Act 2 of Offenbach’s operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld.” The can-can dance become associated with the Parisian cabarets of the Moulin Rouge and Folies Bergère. The easily remembered tune became associated with the high kicking female can-can dancers of the day. Jacques Offenbach (1819 – 1880) whilst German born is considered to be a French composer known for the lighter side of opera referred to as operetta. Many of his works are still staged and he was an important influence on later composers of the genre. In his early days he earned his living as a cellist & conductor before producing his first full length operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld” in 1858. His final work “The Tales of Hoffmann” was incomplete at the time of his death. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata arr. viola & piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Co Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been omitted in the realisation The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Waltz in A minor arr. viola & piano

A gentle lilting movement with a suggested tempo of 132 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute which is used in the realisation. This piece needs Show More...

A gentle lilting movement with a suggested tempo of 132 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute which is used in the realisation. This piece needs a needs to be played with a slight speeding up and slowing down of the tempo at appropriate places in the score which is described as “tempo rubato’” and features in much of the best Chopin playing. Understand that the realisation doesn’t apply rubato in a totally satisfactory way. In Bar 21 there is a triplet option sounds for the playing of the ornaments whilst the trill in the penultimate bar begins on the lower note. The original piano work does have some additional ornaments which the appropriate performers may wish to consider adding after studying the s piano score. The repeats are not played in the playback mp3. Piano accompaniments are also in place. Close

Celibrated Minuet arr. viola & piano

In this arrangement for viola & piano of Boccherin’s Minuet & Trio from his String Quintet Opus 11 No.5 the musical texture has been simplified into Show More...

In this arrangement for viola & piano of Boccherin’s Minuet & Trio from his String Quintet Opus 11 No.5 the musical texture has been simplified into melody and accompaniment. The ornaments have been written out in full to assist players although they are probably best omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. This movement requires a very consistent approach which will be a challenge to players inexperienced in performing music from this era. A tempo of 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is recommended. Piano accompaniments are in place both with and without repeats enabling violists to enjoy ensemble playing as part of their practice routines. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. viola & piano

This is an arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act I Show More...

This is an arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realisation is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. There is the option of playing the repeat an octave higher than written and the first note of the viola part is only sounded on the repeat. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. A viola part is appended to the full music score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. viola and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for viola with piano accompanimen Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment features only the second Trio in a work that has two Trio sections. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A viola part is appended to the full score. Close

Minuet in A arr. viola & piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score with the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet being a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the viola is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

This is an arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances Show More...

This is an arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes of some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realization is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. A clarinet in Bb part part is appended to the full music score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also in place playing at 92, 96, 100 & 104 Close

Rondo Alla turca arr. violin & piano

This is shortened version of Mozart’s “Alla turca” in an arrangement for violin accompanied by piano. It should be an easy piece to learn in tha Show More...

This is shortened version of Mozart’s “Alla turca” in an arrangement for violin accompanied by piano. It should be an easy piece to learn in that it one of the most immediately recognisable and popular pieces of music in the repertoire. It was Mozart himself who titled the piece “Alla turca” (Turkish March) as the music was intended to imitate the sounds of the instruments in the then familiar Turkish military bands. Understood to have been composed in 1783, a tempo in the range 110 – 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested. It is a very adaptable piece stylistically and in the repertoire of classical musicians, folk bands, jazz groups and café style ensembles. The small decorative notes are probably best omitted in the first stages of learning the piece. A violin part is appended to the full score. The music editor has left the staccato markings in place from the piano score although they might not be totally appropriate a violinist. Close

Celibrated Minuet arr. cello & piano

In the original key of A major the realisation plays back at 92 quarter note beats to the minute. The Minuet is taken from Boccherini's String Quartet Show More...

In the original key of A major the realisation plays back at 92 quarter note beats to the minute. The Minuet is taken from Boccherini's String Quartet Opus 11 No.5. Boccherini was a fine cellist whilst the sheet music part for the cello is notated in the tenor clef. The small notes which are in the string quintet score do not sound in the realisation for cello and piano but can be played. Ossia staves are in place on the sheet music score showing how the ornaments can be played. In both the playback score and the sheet music video the repeats are not played. The melodic line especially in the first Minuet demonstrates all the essential elements of classical style. In fact this movement offers much to learn about many performance aspects of playing a minuet. Formally the repeats are played in the Minuet and Trio but not in the repeat of the first Minuet after the Trio. A performance would typically be a follows: Minuet 1 AABB Trio AABB Minuet 1 AB (without repeats) The repetitive element is strong in the first Minuet structured on 2 bar motifs or shapes in a regular phrase pattern. Whilst the minuet was a dance form this music is a stylised representation of the form not intended as a dance. Two section binary form AB is in place in both the Minuet and Trio The first Minuet is very much about melody and accompaniment whilst the second Minuet or Trio is an interesting movement because it embraces ensemble playing with much sharing of material between the parts. Both staccato and legato articulations need to be demonstrated in a performance Boccherini was in a perfect moment when he composed the movement which possesses many of the elements of classical style Accompaniments are in place playing with and without repeats at 88, 92, 96,100 & 104 quarter note (crotchet) bpm. The first Minuet is in the key of A and at the end of the first A section the key of the dominant E is established. The B section of the Minuet explores the tonic minor before returning to the music of the opening section in the home key of A. The first section is 8 bars long and the second 12 bars (4+8) The second Minuet or Trio is in the key of the subdominant D. Similarly there is a modulation to the dominant at the end of the first section before a return to the home key. The phrase structure of the Trio is quite symmetrical 8 bars in the fist and 16 bars in the second section. Both minuets begin with an anacrusis or upbeat. For any student of composition student this is an excellent movement for analysis. There are some lovely composition ideas and Boccherini's compositional approach is both concise and innovative with syncopation and a sense of drama and purpose. For both the listener and the performer this composition has much to offer. Close

Celibrated Minuet arr. flute & piano

In the original key of A major the realisation plays back at 96 quarter note beats to the minute.The Minuet is taken from Boccherini's String Quartet Show More...

In the original key of A major the realisation plays back at 96 quarter note beats to the minute.The Minuet is taken from Boccherini's String Quartet Opus 11 No.5 The small notes which are in the string quintet score do not sound in the realisation for flute and piano but can be played. Ossia staves are in place on the sheet music score showing how the ornaments can be played. In both the playback score and the sheet music video repeats are played. The melodic line especially in the first Minuet demonstrates all the essential elements of classical style. In fact this movement offers much to learn about many performance aspects of playing a minuet. Formally the repeats are played in the Minuet and Trio but not in the repeat of the first Minuet after the Trio. A performance would typically be a follows: Minuet 1 AABB Trio AABB Minuet 1 AB (without repeats) The repetitive element is strong in the first Minuet structured on 2 bar motifs or shapes in a regular phrase pattern. Whilst the minuet was a dance form this music is a stylised representation of the form not intended as a dance. Two section binary form AB is in place in both the Minuet and Trio The first Minuet is very much about melody and accompaniment whilst the second Minuet or Trio is an interesting movement because it embraces ensemble playing with much sharing of material between the parts. Both staccato and legato articulations need to be demonstrated in a performance Boccherini was in a perfect moment when he composed the movement which possesses many of the elements of classical style Accompaniments are in place playing with and without repeats at 88, 92, 96,100 & 104 quarter note (crotchet) bpm. The first Minuet is in the key of A and at the end of the first A section the key of the dominant E is established. The B section of the Minuet explores the tonic minor before returning to the music of the opening section in the home key of A. The first section is 8 bars long and the second 12 bars (4+8) The second Minuet or Trio is in the key of the subdominant D. Similarly there is a modulation to the dominant at the end of the first section before a return to the home key. The phrase structure of the Trio is quite symmetrical 8 bars in the fist and 16 bars in the second section. Both minuets begin with an anacrusis or upbeat. For any student of composition student this is an excellent movement for analysis. There are some lovely composition ideas and Boccherini's compositional approach is both concise and innovative with syncopation and a sense of drama and purpose. For both the listener and the performer this composition has much to offer. Close

1st Mvmt Divertimento No.3 arr. flute & piano

In this arrangement for flute accompanied by piano a tempo of 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation and piano acc Show More...

In this arrangement for flute accompanied by piano a tempo of 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation and piano accompaniments are in place enabling the flautist to practice as part of an ensemble. The accompaniments play at 120, 132 & 144 quarter note or crotchet beats per minute. The repeats are not in place in either the realisation or the accompaniments. The essential elements of Mozart’s compositional style is very evident in this work available to a wide range of instruments and instrument combinations on the PlentyMusic website. The realisations at times just lack the rhythmic lightness that is required in a Mozart performance. His music demands playing that is accurate, consistent and sensitive to style. The Divertimento (and the related Viennese Sonatinas) are relatively easy works and well worth exploring. The music editor suggests omitting the trill in bar 26 of the piano part in the first instance. Close

Improvisation Opus 84 No.5 arr. clarinet in A & piano

Fauré’s Improvisation from his Opus 84 in an intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment Both the clarinet player an Show More...

Fauré’s Improvisation from his Opus 84 in an intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment Both the clarinet player and the pianist should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing and be prepared to use rubato, an approach to playing from Chopin’s time that embraces give and take in respect to tempo. Use of the sustaining pedal is suggested and indicated in the score but the sound needs to be controlled without too creating too ambient a sound. It is a short intense movement in which many change of moods are expressed and tonal ambiguities implied. The sheet music requires careful reading and there is some triplet figuration in place that creates a number of 3 against 2’s cross rhythms. In character the music is quite fragmentary and whilst there are some repeating elements and textural variation the essential shapes create memorable impressions and great beauty suggesting the composer very much understood contemporary times. The realisation lacks the fluidity and sensitivity of a live performance. This is not a typical Fauré piece composed at the beginning of the 20th century when Debussy’s music was widely coming to the fore in Paris. This is an the ideal encore piece possibly without suggesting the name of the composer but do suggest the century of its composition? Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 68, 70, 72 and 74 quarter note (crotchet) bpm. A clarinet in A part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

El tra la la y el punteado arr. oboe & piano

An arrangement for oboe and piano of a short characterful piece originally intended to be sung. The tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note or (c Show More...

An arrangement for oboe and piano of a short characterful piece originally intended to be sung. The tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note or (crotchet) bpm. Enrique Granados (1867 – 1916) was a Spanish nationalist composer born in Catalonia. While he composed art music there are many folk elements incorporated into his style as is the case with this short song or tonadilla. The small notes do not feature in the playback. This is an excellent performance piece giving opportunity to players to slow down at the end of phrases even to the point of exaggeration. Both the major and minor forms of the scale are also explored. An ideal piece as an encore. Piano accompaniments are also in place. This is the perfect piece to learn about the performing aspects of music where instrumentalists can explore the tonal and tempo aspects of their playing. The title roughly translates as "The Tralala and the Picking". Close

Salix arr. flute & piano

Music from the English pastoral tradition with strong references to the folk song tradition composed in a 6/8 time. Salix was originally a work compo Show More...

Music from the English pastoral tradition with strong references to the folk song tradition composed in a 6/8 time. Salix was originally a work composed for organ in 1937 becoming part of the Plymouth Suite which dates from 1939. In ABA form it is a beautifully crafted movement evidencing the excellent musical training in place in England in the composer's time. The repeat of the A section is a varied repeat. The chordal element is strong as are the musical lines which are woven into the musical texture. The word Salix references the Weeping Willow tree and the music has several modal references particularly evident at cadences. The music needs to be played with a legato touch. The arrangement for flute and piano keeps to the original key whilst piano accompaniments are in place playing at 30, 31, 32, 33 and 34 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There are a number of octave transpositions in the flute part to keep within the instrument’s range. Percy Whitlock (1902 – 1946) was an English composer known for his contributions to the light music and church repertoires. He was both a civic and church organist and a railway enthusiast. He often used the pseudonym Kenneth Lark when writing. Sadly his life was cut short by TB. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arr. trombone & piano

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for trombone and piano. A trombone Show More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for trombone and piano. A trombone part is attached to the full score which is available from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score which is available to view on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor observes that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Wilson’s Rag arr viola & piano

An arrangement of this ragtime waltz for viola accompanied by piano in the key of G. A tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is sug Show More...

An arrangement of this ragtime waltz for viola accompanied by piano in the key of G. A tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested and used in the realisation. There are some syncopation challenges whilst piano accompaniments are in place. A viola part is appended to the full score. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arr. alto saxophone viola & piano

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for alto viola and piano. The ari Show More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for alto viola and piano. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 62, 64, 66 and 68 bpm enabling the saxophonist to enjoy ensemble music as part of their practice routines. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score of another arrangement on our YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional or remembrance in a social context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail. The music in the realisation plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Scarborough Fair arr. alto saxophone & piano

An arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim Show More...

An arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. The melody section is repeated 4 times by the solo instrumentalist and it is the piano accompaniment that is varied for each verse. The arrangement has been designed very much to build confidence in solo playing working alongside a competent piano accompanist. Texturally the music is quite sparse which helps give it a haunting quality. The accompanist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated in the score. The lyrics for the song are well worth a read through because they identify many of the challenges of modern living despite having their origins as an English ballad written many centuries ago. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are in place. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arr. alto saxophone & piano

andel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for alto saxophone and piano. The Show More...

andel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for alto saxophone and piano. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 62, 64, 66 and 68 bpm enabling the saxophonist to enjoy ensemble music as part of their practice routines. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score of other arrangement on our YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional or remembrance in a social context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail. The music in the realisation plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arr. flute & piano

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for flute and piano. Instrument par Show More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for flute and piano. Instrument parts are attached to the full score which is available from PlentyMusic as a pdf download. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. The music editor suggests that it appropriate to keep to the style of the period in the first instance but it is also a piece in which the stylistic element can be explored. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score which is available to view on the PlentyMusic YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional in a social context context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail although in this score there is some indication of appropriate dynamics. The arrangement is in the original key of F major although the tempo for the quartet is more Larghetto than Largo which was the tempo indication in the opera. The music in the video score plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. The music editor observes that instrumental arrangements of a vocal piece are invariably played at a faster tempo. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) arr. cello & piano

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for cello and piano. The aria or Show More...

Handel’s Lascia ch’io pianga (Let me cry) from the opera Rinaldo in an improver level instrumental arrangement for cello and piano. The aria or song is taken from the opera Rinaldo which first appeared in 1711 and was subsequently revised in 1733. It is in ABA form and based on the sarabande rhythm which has the stress on the second beat of the three beats in a bar. When sung the Da Capo section would be an opportunity for the soloist to improvise and ornament the melody and this is an option available for the top line players in this instrumental arrangement. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 62, 64, 66 and 68 bpm enabling the cellist to enjoy ensemble music as part of their practice routines. The score has been notated in 3|2 time keeping to the conventions of the original notation but could quite readily be notated in 3|4 time. The trill in bar has been written out in the video score of other arrangement on our YouTube channel. This is music that is very appropriate music for a solemn processional or remembrance in a social context. It is usual to present baroque scores with minimal score detail. The music in the realisation plays back at a tempo of 66 half note or minim beats to the minute. This is an opportunity for an improver level musician to be playing what is a great piece of music. It is what the music editor identifies as being a potential “stepping stone” for many instrument players. There is an interesting story as to the origins of the sarabande rhythm for those who enjoy researching the history of forms and rhythmic patterns particularly those associated with dances. Close

Dedicatoria arr. cello & piano

A short but quite charming piece from the composer’s Opus 1 collection. In this arrangement for cello accompanied by piano, the tempo of the realisa Show More...

A short but quite charming piece from the composer’s Opus 1 collection. In this arrangement for cello accompanied by piano, the tempo of the realisation is 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute although there are some slowing downs and speedings up in the performance. As the piece is quite short only the full score copy is available as a download. The melody needs to be played in a legato singing style whilst the score needs to be studied so that the rhythmic intention of bars 9 and 11 is clearly understood by players. The melodic line in bars 10 and 12 needs to played as if as it is independent of the triplet figuration in the accompaniment. Understand that the music is conceived in three/sometimes four voices and dates from the late romantic period commonly referred to as the nationalist period in music history. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. cello & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for cello and piano in the key of D. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst t Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for cello and piano in the key of D. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A cello part is appended to the full score. Close

Over the Waves (Sobre las Olas) arr. trombone & piano

Over the Waves (Sobre las Olas) in an arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment. This melody is very much associated with the music of funfai Show More...

Over the Waves (Sobre las Olas) in an arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment. This melody is very much associated with the music of funfairs, trapeze artists and fairground organs and has even featured in the MGM film "The Great Caruso." Rosas was a Mexican composer and violinist who began his career as a street musician. After a visit to Cuba in 1894 he became very poorly and sadly died at the young age of 26. "Over the Waves" (Sobre las Olas) was published in Mexico in 1888 and has become one of the best known Latin American pieces and has been interpreted by many stylistically different types of performing groups. This waltz melody should be played at a tempo of around 60 dotted half notes or minim beats to the minute with a singing legato. Accompaniments are in place playing at 60, bpm and a trombone part is appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. This is an excellent piece to develop tonal quality over the playing range of the trombone. Close

Any Rags? arr. trombone & piano

An arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment of this song chorus that demonstrates many of the essential elements of an emerging popular music Show More...

An arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment of this song chorus that demonstrates many of the essential elements of an emerging popular music style at the beginning of the 20th century. It is a characterful and musical piece suited to being played as a link between scenes in a show or something with a similar context. The sounding key is F and there are piano accompaniments in place to encourage ensemble playing. Close

La Paloma (The Dove) arr. trombone & piano

Sebastián Yradier was a Spanish born composer who despite the universal popularity of the piece died in obscurity in 1865. Based on the Cuban habaner Show More...

Sebastián Yradier was a Spanish born composer who despite the universal popularity of the piece died in obscurity in 1865. Based on the Cuban habanera rhythm, “La Paloma” (The Dove) was written after the composer visited Cuba around 1860 and became very popular worldwide. This arrangement for trombone and piano is in the key of Bb. A tempo of 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the playback. The melody needs to be played with a legato touch whilst the accompaniment figuration should be played staccato or certainly in a detached manner. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 58, 60, 62 and 64 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The lines of music are rhythmically independent and the left hand piano part should not end up being synchronized with the triplet figuration of the melody. There are many different versions of this piece and the triplet figuration provides challenges on how the music can be both notated and played. Popular rhythms particularly those derived from dance travelled very quickly around the globe in these times and the habanera pattern became an essential rhythmic feature of Argentinian tango music and is familiar from Bizet’s opera Carmen. If you are struggling to understand how to play cross rhythms have a look at one of the threes against two polyrhythms tutorials that are available on YouTube. This is an excellent movement in learning how to play and understand triplets. Close

Scarborough Fair arr. trombone & piano

An arrangement for trombone and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode with D being the keynote. The realisation plays at 48 dotte Show More...

An arrangement for trombone and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode with D being the keynote. The realisation plays at 48 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. The melody section is repeated 4 times by the solo instrumentalist and it is the piano accompaniment that is varied for each verse. The arrangement has been designed very much to build confidence in solo playing working alongside a competent accompanist. Texturally the music is quite sparse which helps give it a haunting quality. The accompanist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated in the score. The lyrics for the song are well worth a read through because they identify many of the challenges of modern living despite having their origins in the English ballad culture of many centuries ago. A trombone part is appended to the full score. The three accompaniment options have tempi of 1) 150 2) 144 and 3) 138 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute which can be alternatively looked at as being 1) 50 2) 48, and 3) 46 dotted half notes (minims) to the minute. The advice is to play the movement with a one to a bar beat or pulse. Close

Shenandoah arr viola & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in F is for viola accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place playing at 82, 84, 86 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. A click track introduction is not necessary. This is an excellent piece to develop tonal quality and legato playing. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. viola & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style & at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arra Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style & at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for viola and piano is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played & performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A viola part is appended to the full score whilst the player has the option of performing the repeat of the chorus at the octave. Close

When the saints go marching in arr. viola & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for viola and piano in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst t Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for viola and piano in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A viola part is appended to the full score and piano accompaniments are in place. REpeats are in place both in the realisation and the accompaniments. Close

La Paloma (The Dove) arr viola & piano

Sebastián Yradier was a Spanish born composer who despite the universal popularity of the piece died in obscurity in 1865. Based on the Cuban habaner Show More...

Sebastián Yradier was a Spanish born composer who despite the universal popularity of the piece died in obscurity in 1865. Based on the Cuban habanera rhythm, “La Paloma” (The Dove) was written after the composer visited Cuba around 1860 and became very popular worldwide. This arrangement for viola and piano in the key of D. A tempo of 62 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested and used in the playback. The melody needs to be played with a legato touch whilst the accompaniment figuration should be played staccato or certainly in a detached manner. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 58, 60, 62 and 64 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The lines of music are rhythmically independent and so the left hand piano pattern should not end up being synchronized with the triplet figuration of the right hand! There are many different versions of this piece and the triplet figuration provides challenges on how the music can be both notated and played. Popular rhythms particularly those derived from dance travelled very quickly around the globe in these times and the habanera pattern became an essential rhythmic feature of Argentinian tango music and is familiar from Bizet’s opera Carmen. If you are struggling to understand how to play cross rhythms have a look at one of the threes against two polyrhythms tutorials that are available on YouTube. This is an excellent movement in learning how to play and understand triplets. Close

Over the Waves (Sobre las Olas) arr. viola & piano

Juventino Rosas was a Mexican composer and violinist who began his career as a street musician. After a visit to Cuba in 1894 he became very poorly an Show More...

Juventino Rosas was a Mexican composer and violinist who began his career as a street musician. After a visit to Cuba in 1894 he became very poorly and sadly died at the young age of 26. "Over the Waves" (Sobre las Olas) was published in Mexico in 1888 and is one of the most familiar of Latin American melodies. The waltz is nowadays played by many stylistically differing types of performing groups. The melody is very much associated with the music of funfairs, trapeze artists and fairground. This improver level (second year players) movement in ternary ABA form is an ideal ensemble piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 dotted half note (minim) beats to the minute and players need to communicate a one to the bar feel in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available as an mp3 download from the PlentyMusic website at tempi of (1) 56 (2) 58 and (3) 60 dotted half note (minim) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed to the key of D suitable for the range of the viola. Close

Any Rags? arr. viola & piano

An arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment of this song chorus that demonstrates many of the essential elements of an emerging popular music st Show More...

An arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment of this song chorus that demonstrates many of the essential elements of an emerging popular music style at the beginning of the 20th century. It is a characterful and musical piece suited to being played as a link between scenes in a show or something with a similar context. Piano accompaniments are in place and the violist has the option of playing the repeat at the octave. Close

Sinfonia 3 arr. flute & piano

In this arrangement the flautist plays Voice 1 and the piano voices 2 and 3. The realisation plays back at a tempo 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats t Show More...

In this arrangement the flautist plays Voice 1 and the piano voices 2 and 3. The realisation plays back at a tempo 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute giving opportunity for ensemble practice as part of music routines. This is an uplifting movement played at an appropriate tempo. There is quite an amount of tempo variation in the way that performers approach playing this movement. Retain a lightness in the playing intention and avoiding sounding too deliberate. The points of imitation need to be clearly articulated The inventions and sinfonias are great movements to assist in an understanding of musical process whilst at the same time help improve intonation and encourage good listening and ensemble playing skills. There is considerable rhythmic detail that requires attention when playing this sinfonia including tied notes, long notes, short notes, off the beat notes and dotted notes The lines of this sinfonia connect quite beautifully making it in terms of its outcome something of a inspiring musical jigsaw in that everything fits beautifully? There are both scale and chordal shapes that feature in this movement Be prepared to count when playing this sinfonia which to be fair is needed for playing most of Bach’s music. Bach generally explores the closely related keys in the sinfonias namely the relative minor, (B minor) the sub dominant (G) and the dominant (A) Keys in the sinfonias maybe established by a perfect cadence but are more likely to be referenced by passing modulations in which a key is referenced but not actually established. A flute part is appended to the full score. Typically baroque scores have very little score detail in terms dynamics and articulations but if an edited would be more useful please advise the PlentyMusic office. Close

La Paloma arr. oboe & piano

Sebastián Yradier was a Spanish born composer who despite the universal popularity of the piece died in obscurity in 1865. Based on the Cuban habaner Show More...

Sebastián Yradier was a Spanish born composer who despite the universal popularity of the piece died in obscurity in 1865. Based on the Cuban habanera rhythm, “La Paloma” (The Dove) was written after the composer visited Cuba around 1860 and became very popular worldwide. This arrangement for oboe and piano in the key of D. A tempo of around 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested and used in the playback. The melody needs to be played with a legato touch whilst the accompaniment figuration should be played staccato or certainly in a detached manner. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 58, 60, 62 and 64 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The lines of music are rhythmically independent and so the left hand piano pattern should not end up being synchronized with the triplet figuration of the right hand! There are many different versions of this piece and the triplet figuration provides challenges on how the music can be both notated and played. Popular rhythms particularly those derived from dance travelled very quickly around the globe in these times and the habanera pattern became an essential rhythmic feature of Argentinian tango music and is familiar from Bizet’s opera Carmen. If you are struggling to understand how to play cross rhythms have a look at one of the threes against two polyrhythms tutorials that are available on YouTube. Close

At the Court of Old King Cole arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

Raie Da Costa’s “At the Court of Old King Cole” arranged for clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment. Have fun playing this arrangement eith Show More...

Raie Da Costa’s “At the Court of Old King Cole” arranged for clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment. Have fun playing this arrangement either in a seasonal context or perhaps as a concert encore. The music originates is a piano solo from the 1930’s There are recordings available on streaming media including a piano and orchestra arrangement. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 68, 70, 72,74 and 76 half note (minim) beats to the minute. The melody line played by the clarinet for much of the time has a very straightforward part to play but no doubt this can expanded and embellished in the hands of a competent clarinettist. Commentaries suggest that Raie Da Costa was a fine embellisher of the melody line and this is an option that can and possibly should be taken on board. Loco is a term meaning play at the written octave after playing possibly at the octave in the section before. Raie Da Costa was a classical trained musician well versed in the rules of counterpoint and harmony. Her music is simply a delight to arrange with its challenges of trying to manage exceptional musicality and technical challenges in the most musical and practical way as possible. The melody has its origins in the nursery rhyme Old King Cole. In the poem the merry king calls for his pipe, bowl and musicians. This shape dotted eighth note (quaver) followed by a sixteenth note (semiquaver) is played in a triplet swing pattern. The swing element is certainly and aspect of playing this score but does not dominate as in many of Raie Da Costa’s piano novelty pieces. To make this playable even for two people there has to be a thinning out of notes and some changes to the texture and voicing of the tenths found in the left hand part of the piano score. At the Court of Old King Cole has a playback tempo of 72 half note (minim) beats to the minute but it can be played faster. There is generally not too much score detail in novelty piano scores though the music unfolds with plenty of figuration and twists and turns. The novelty pianist/composers had an excellent knowledge of chords, harmony and all the musical colouring that could be achieved with adjustments to the chord voicing. Raie Da Costa (1905 – 1934) is very much identified with the novelty piano era in England alongside with other contemporary greats including Billy Mayerl (1902 – 1959) Like Mayerl she was versatile both as a working musician and in her composing approach although as a young pianist her focus was very much on performing. When giving concerts she would play novelty music together with popular classics from the repertoire. She was born in Cape Town, South Africa of Portugese heritage arriving in England when she was 19 to study at the Tobias Matthay School with the intention of becoming a concert pianist. A brilliant talent and pianist equally at home playing or composing whether in the classical or popular idiom. She also worked with orchestras. Sadly because as a young performing pianist and artist her focus was on playing the piano where an income could be enjoyed so sadly composing was not a priority. Thankfully she recorded much music from 1928 first with Parlophone and then later with HMV that provides evidence of her exceptional talents and gifts especially with regard to her left hand technique. Columbia had signed Billy Mayerl so there was healthy competition in the market. Da Costa was known and billed to as “The Parlophone Girl – Dance Pianiste Supreme”and in the 1930’s as “The World’s Greatest Syncopated Pianist.” At the Court of Old King Cole was published by Keith Prowse & Co. Ltd. in 1934. The 1920’s were a great time for piano players with both jazz and novelty piano emerging as popular styles after the ragtime era. Commentators of the time suggest that Raie Da Costa was versatile, charming and popular, a great embellisher of the melodic line and at the same time in possession a great left hand piano technique who also was known to sing! Obviously so much that is written about her is conjecture but there is sheet music and recordings to evidence her great gifts. Close

Caro mio ben arr. trumpet in B flat & piano

This music originates as an Italian art song dating from the 1780’s and is essential repertoire for classical music vocalists. Tommaso Giordani, hi Show More...

This music originates as an Italian art song dating from the 1780’s and is essential repertoire for classical music vocalists. Tommaso Giordani, his brother Giuseppe Giordani or perhaps even their father are considered to be responsible for its composition. Songs are excellent for instrumentalists to play with piano accompaniments because they encourage legato playing, the development of tone and secure performance skills In the PlentyMusic score download phrasing is in place although this can be reviewed. Some longer phrases may be possible if the breath control the brass player is in place. Trumpet players should be aiming for good intonation (playing in tune) in the first instance. Playing melodies from songs offer excellent material for instrumentalists to expanding the tonal aspects and quality of tone in their playing. A trumpet in B flat part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. The music has been transposed to the key of C in this arrangement. Exaggerated playing needs to be avoided. There are opportunities to slow down the tempo at the end of phrases. Ornaments have been written out in full to add clarity to the sheet music score The realisation plays back at 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 64, 66, 68, 70 & 72 bpm The music editor has removed some of the accent signs in the accompaniment simply because they are not appropriate on a modern piano. The tempo indication in the score is Larghetto which translates to “slightly slow’ suggesting a speed somewhere between andante and adagio. As part of their music studies trumpet players would be well advised to listen to performances of Caro mio ben by both singers and instrumentalists Caro mio ben is described as an arietta which is a short simple song for solo voice. Arietta is a diminutive form of the term aria. Born in Naples Tommaso Giordani worked and lived in England and Dublin, Ireland. Giordani is identified with the galant style in music history which is one of several pre-classical music styles that emerged after the baroque. Close

A Chloris arr. flute & piano

An arrangement for flute and piano of Reynaldo Hahn’s beautiful melody “A Chloris.” This beautiful melody has its origins as a song and has bee Show More...

An arrangement for flute and piano of Reynaldo Hahn’s beautiful melody “A Chloris.” This beautiful melody has its origins as a song and has been transposed octave higher than set in the original music score. There has been some editing of the note values in the melodic line when considered appropriate whilst the step wise movement and figuration in the accompaniment suggest a composer embracing the past. Dating from 1916 it something of a pastiche on Baroque style with a bass line that clearly references Bach’s Air on a G String. The score detail is written in French. The soloist should be aiming for beauty of sound and in a performance both players needs to demonstrate a controlled and consistent approach. In the realisation the play back tempo is 30 half note beats a minute (bpm) At bar 10 the texture changes and the music editor suggests that possibly it is appropriate for there to be a slight increase in tempo until the figuration of the accompaniment returns half way through bar 12. A slight slowing down is appropriate at the end of phrases and the ornaments in bar 16 and 19 could well imitate the rhythmic shape of the accompaniment. Accompaniments are in place playing at 29, 30, 31 & 32 half note (minim) beats to the minute. Reynaldo Hahn 1874-1947 was born in Venezuela although he is more readily identified as a French composer where he lived most for most of his life and where he became a citizen in 1907. He is particularly remembered for his contribution to the song repertoire which was a strong French music tradition in his lifetime. Like many composers he is identified with the “just below the surface group of composers” who wrote fine well crafted music but never became mainstream, well known even though they might have composed a famous piece of music. Hahn's music is deserving of more attention. Hahn was very well connected to people in the arts and was friends with Marcel Proust and Sarah Bernhardt. Hahn came from a prosperous family and spoke several languages. He had great respect for Fauré and as a musician was trained by some of France’s greatest teachers. He is described as a fin de siècle composer rather than one who embraced the 20th century and its challenges. As a French composer he was overshadowed somewhat by Debussy and Ravel. He contributed music to the concert hall, songs and chamber music for the salon, incidental music, ballet, opera for the theatre and solo piano, piano duet and two piano works. Like many of his contemporaries he was reluctant to challenge the great piano repertoire of Beethoven, Schubert and Brahms. He was highly regarded as a conductor particularly of Mozart operas focusing particularly onthe composer’s intentions rather than stylistic influences prevailing at the time. Close

Sleep arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An arrangement of Ivor Gurney’s song Sleep for soprano saxophone and piano in the sounding key of B flat minor. sheet music & accompaniments link : Show More...

An arrangement of Ivor Gurney’s song Sleep for soprano saxophone and piano in the sounding key of B flat minor. sheet music & accompaniments link : Sleep comes from Gurney’s collection of 5 Elizabethan Songs composed in 1912 and published in 1920. It is a beautiful piece of music and whilst originating as a song, the melody is deserving of being played and heard arranged as an instrumental solo with piano accompaniment. It has been placed in the Songs Without Words and Music for Special Events Areas of Study. A soprano saxophone part is attached to the full score in the pdf download. Gurney’s Sleep has challenges for the soloist as far as tuning and intonation are concerned. This is a composer who had a wonderful musical ear only for it to be tormented and challenged by the noises of war. He was an individual who had the potential to be a great English composer and poet although circumstances led him to a more troubled and often desperate journey in life. Sleep’s haunting beauty makes it the perfect piece for a remembrance or similar event. It is music that can set a mood and tone in just a few moments and as such is a concisely written work. There are some reading challenges as far as the notation is concerned and despite being written in B flat minor the piano accompaniment is relatively straight forward once attention has been paid to the accidentals. This movement is to be played in a slow tempo (52 eighth note) with a legato touch is the realisation speed. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 48,(16) 51,(17) 54 (18) and 57 (19) eighth note (quaver) beats to the minute. In preparing the accompaniment scores the music editor has adopted a dotted quarter note beat to the bar approach shown in brackets. Ivor Gurney (1890 – 1947) was both poet and musician born in Gloucester and a contemporary of Herbert Howells and Ivor Novello whilst studying at Gloucester Cathedral. Gurney is often described as the poet of the Somme and Severn He loved Gloucester and its countryside often walking with friends and somewhat oddly was fond of walking through the night which possibly added to the complexities of his personality. He started composing from 1904 and studied at the Royal College of Music from 1911 and whilst his talent was recognisable, he demonstrated that he was not a particularly teachable student. Whilst a person with an exuberant personality and a sense of fun and adventure Gurney was prone to bouts of depression. He had to take a break from his studies and it is from this time (1912) the song Sleep was composed. Despite his poor eye sight he enlisted in June 1915 and in France experienced the severity of trench warfare. It was from these experiences he was encouraged to write poetry. His first collection of verse was published in October 1917 with the title Severn and Somme. Injured he returned to England but remained in poor mental health. Later gassed at the front he was discharged from the army in 1918 spending troubled times with family in a life pattern that became a series of highs and lows. He returned to his music studies worked on a farm but was declared insane in 1922 and placed first in Barnwood House, Gloucester and then later to the City of London Mental Hospital, Dartford Kent. Gurney was troubled for much of his life with mental health issues spending many years in asylums where he in fact managed to write some of his best poetry Gurney died of TB in 1937 but thanks to Gerald Finzi and other friends his music and poetry was collected together and archived. Much of his work was never published but his output was considerable. Close

Giga | arr. flute & piano

An uplifting arrangement for flute and piano of the Giga from Corelli’s Opus 5 Violin Sonata No.9. In 12/8 time the piece does need to be played wi Show More...

An uplifting arrangement for flute and piano of the Giga from Corelli’s Opus 5 Violin Sonata No.9. In 12/8 time the piece does need to be played with energy and a suggested tempo of 104 dotted quarter notes (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested and has been used in the realisation. Repeats are indicated in the score but have not been used in the playback score. Accompaniments are in place featuring the piano giving an opportunity to flautists to practice in an ensemble context. They playback at 96, 100, 104, 108 & 112 bpm. (dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute) Score detail has been omitted in the sheet music score which is a feature of most baroque music scores. Playing the A major scale and arpeggio would be good preparation for playing this score. The arrangement very much keeps to the composer’s intention in terms of the melodic and bass writing. There are some beautiful shapes to play and there is a considerable amount of simply wonderful sequential writing. Ornaments have been written out simply to add clarity to the score. The piano accompaniment combines chords and figuration with the bass line The chords generally change every beat of the bar - describing what is referred to as the harmonic rhythm and this is a fairly consistent in the movement Composers in Corelli's time provided a melody and bass line with what was termed a figured bass notated below the bass clef. The figured bass was a series of small numbers and accidental signs which indicated to the keyboard player usually a harpsichordist in sonata da camera (chamber sonata) the chords that were needed to accompany the written out melody and bass. This part was referred to as the continuo. What the music editor particularly likes about this movement is its contemporary appeal and its suitability to be played by many different combinations of instruments. As a performance piece it has clear intention, communication and ap[peal. Corelli 1653 – 1713 was a Rome based composer and violinist identified with the middle baroque period in music history. Corelli did not publish a great amount of music but he was meticulous in his compositional approach. The twelve violin sonatas in the Opus 5 collection were published in 1700. Close

Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 arr. flute & piano

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for flute & piano. The flautist plays the highest voice in the arrangement whilst the accompanying pi Show More...

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for flute & piano. The flautist plays the highest voice in the arrangement whilst the accompanying piano part sounds voices 2 & 3. The realisation playback at 60 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In this version ornaments have been omitted. Playing the relevant minor scale in all its forms natural, harmonic and melodic would be excellent preparation for playing this sinfonia. Find scales in the free scores drop down menu on the website home page. The voice leading in this sinfonia is not altogether straightforward and players will need to pay attention to the accidentals in the score possibly adding reminders if required. Conflicting accidentals often appear in different voices in the same bar. A sinfonia that features arpeggios and scale runs with the rhythmic shapes in the lines having a strong repetitive element. The note values given in Bach’s Sinfonias often give an indication of intended articulations that are intended. Players should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the patterns of 3 in the 12/8 time signature (4x3 to the bar). Accompaniments are in place playing at 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They feature the piano sounding voices 2 & 3 of the arrangement enabling the flautist to enjoy ensemble music as part of routine practice. There is a one bar click track sounding on the woodblock as an intro on the mp3 tracks. It is important to keep to the written note durations. There are also some ambiguities in the voicing in the score that reference that the sinfonias were composed for an instrument with more than one keyboard – the harpsichord. Rests have been indicated in the voices as they are in the keyboard version of the works Some of the rhythmic notation particularly with regards to the use of rests is ambiguous. Logic and rules do not universally apply. What tends to be in place is what is good for the eye. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills and good intonation in an ensemble playing context. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with Bach’s contrapuntal writing namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. In these works the closely related keys of the dominant, sub- dominant, relative minor are explored The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that players need to be clear in their intention as far as the articulation of the lines and the dynamics. Whilst a movement that needs to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness of intention in the playing approach. PlentyMusic arrangements provides music practice opportunities & experiences to instrumentalists of playing along with other instruments preparing the way for quality ensemble playing. Close

Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. The clarinettist plays the middle voice in the arrangement whilst the acc Show More...

J.S. Bach's Sinfonia 2 BWV 788 in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. The clarinettist plays the middle voice in the arrangement whilst the accompanying piano part sounds voices 1 & 3. The realisation playback at 60 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In this version ornaments have been omitted. Playing the relevant minor scale in all its forms natural, harmonic and melodic would be excellent preparation for playing this sinfonia. Find scales in the free scores drop down menu on the website home page. The voice leading in this sinfonia is not altogether straightforward and players will need to pay attention to the accidentals in the score possibly adding reminders if required. Conflicting accidentals often appear in different voices in the same bar. A sinfonia that features arpeggios and scale runs with the rhythmic shapes in the lines having a strong repetitive element. The note values given in Bach’s Sinfonias often give an indication of intended articulations that are intended. Players should be aiming for a singing legato in their playing. The movement needs to be played, in the first instance, with an awareness of the patterns of 3 in the 12/8 time signature (4x3 to the bar). Accompaniments are in place playing at 56, 58, 60, 62 & 64 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute (bpm). They feature the piano sounding voices 1 & 3 of the arrangementenabling the electric guitar 1 player to enjoy ensemble music as part of routine practice. There is a one bar click track sounding on the woodblock as an intro on the mp3 tracks. It is important to keep to the written note durations. There are also some ambiguities in the voicing in the score that reference that the sinfonias were composed for an instrument with more than one keyboard – the harpsichord. Rests have been indicated in the voices as they are in the keyboard version of the works Some of the rhythmic notation particularly with regards to the use of rests is ambiguous. Logic and rules do not universally apply. What tends to be in place is what is good for the eye. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills and good intonation in an ensemble playing context. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with Bach’s contrapuntal writing namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. In these works the closely related keys of the dominant, sub- dominant, relative minor are explored The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that players need to be clear in their intention as far as the articulation of the lines and the dynamics. Whilst a movement that needs to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness of intention in the playing approach. PlentyMusic arrangements provides music practice opportunities & experiences to instrumentalists of playing along with other instruments preparing the way for quality ensemble playing. Close

Galop | Can-Can arr. clarinet in A & piano

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable m Show More...

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable melody. This is a genuine performance piece to be enjoyed by both instrumentalists and audiences involved. It is very evident that Jacques Offenbach had a real gift and sense of melody and fun in music. Not necessarily favoured by the music critics of the time nevertheless much of his music has managed to remain in the repertoire. Nietzsche & Zola also commented on his operettas for those who want to discover more about the ambivalence of his status. Clarinettists will need to pay attention to the range of articulations and dynamics needed in a performance. Repeat signs are in place in the score and pianists will no doubt make use of the sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the introductory first section and 132 quarter (crotchet) note beats in the second. A clarinet in A part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are in place enabling clarinettists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of practice routines. Repeats are in place. As unmistakenly music intended for dancing there is a regular phrase structure in the second section and repetition is a strong feature of the composing process. There is an opening 23 bar section marked Allegro succeeded by a faster section which has an A B C A A + Coda structure with a 2 bar link between sections B & C. “Le Galop” is often referred to as the “Can-Can” and was first performed in 1858 causing a bit of a stir because of its risqué nature though more in the visual rather than musical sense. Le Galop is from Act 2 of Offenbach’s operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld.” The can-can dance become associated with the Parisian cabarets of the Moulin Rouge and Folies Bergère. The easily remembered tune became associated with the high kicking female can-can dancers of the day. Jacques Offenbach (1819 – 1880) whilst German born is considered to be a French composer known for the lighter side of opera referred to as operetta. Many of his works are still staged and he was an important influence on later composers of the genre. In his early days he earned his living as a cellist & conductor before producing his first full length operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld” in 1858. His final work “The Tales of Hoffmann’ was incomplete at the time of his death. Close

Galop (Can-Can) arr. flute & piano

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable m Show More...

This is music associated with the lighter side of serious music making and is a lively, energetic piece with a fast tempo and instantly recognisable melody. This is a genuine performance piece to be enjoyed by both instrumentalists and audiences involved. It is very evident that Jacques Offenbach had a real gift and sense of melody and fun in music. Not necessarily favoured by the music critics of the time nevertheless much of his music has managed to remain in the repertoire. Nietzsche & Zola also commented on his operettas for those who want to discover more about the ambivalence of his status. Flautists will need to pay attention to the range of articulations and dynamics needed in a performance. Repeat signs are in place in the score and pianists will no doubt make use of the sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The realisation plays back at 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the introductory first section and 132 quarter (crotchet) note beats in the second. A flute part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are in place enabling flautists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of practice routines. Repeats are in place As unmistakenly music intended for dancing there is a regular phrase structure in the second section and repetition is a strong feature of the composing process. There is an opening 23 bar section marked Allegro succeeded by a faster section which has an A B C A A + Coda structure with a 2 bar link between sections B & C. “Le Galop” is often referred to as the “Can-Can” and was first performed in 1858 causing a bit of a stir because of its risqué nature though more in the visual rather than musical sense. Le Galop is from Act 2 of Offenbach’s operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld.” The can-can dance become associated with the Parisian cabarets of the Moulin Rouge and Folies Bergère. The easily remembered tune became associated with the high kicking female can-can dancers of the day. Jacques Offenbach (1819 – 1880) whilst German born is considered to be a French composer known for the lighter side of opera referred to as operetta. Many of his works are still staged and he was an important influence on later composers of the genre. In his early days he earned his living as a cellist & conductor before producing his first full length operetta “Orpheus in the Underworld” in 1858. His final work “The Tales of Hoffmann’ was incomplete at the time of his death". Close

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble arr. trombone & piano

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar piece Show More...

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar pieces of the Spanish repertoire. The PlentyMusic sheet music video & realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note beats per minute and the tempo in the arrangement is constant. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 104, 108, 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There are many excellent arrangements of this music available from the PlentyMusic sheet music library for many instrument combinations. Enjoy making music with PlentyMusic sheet music pdf and accompaniment downloads. Improve practice routines and playing standards using these professional resources. The melody has some tricky rhythmic patterns and shapes to play and triplets are an additional challenge. The small decorative / ornamental notes do not sound in the realisation. The solo melody doesn’t appear until bar 18 so the build up to this moment is intense particularly with the long crescendo. As there are no percussion in the scoring the arranger has omitted the tremolos from 73 – 78 doubling the clarinet melody with the piano accompaniment. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the music is nevertheless concise, dramatic and full of musical ideas and references to the Spanish idiom and style. The second section has an appealing syncopated melody with some changes the musical texture. The solo line played needs to be played with confidence and accuracy. It is also an excellent test as an ensemble piece requiring good communication between the soloist & accompanist. The solo part is quite challenging to play and needs to be learnt methodically most probably with some counting involved. Playing the melody at a slow tempo in the early stages of learning the piece is probably a sensible approach. The articulation markings featured in the score include the use of staccato, accents, marcato and legato playing. Performances need to demonstrate control of the range of dynamics that feature in the writing from the quietest to the loudest sound. This movement will need to be prepared thoroughly for a performance because of its familiarity. It is probably the most instantly recognisable piece of Spanish music ever composed! A great movement for both the player and the listener for its dramatic and musical qualities. The composition it dates from 1923 and was recorded as early as 1926. Spanish music is imbued with the sound of the phrygian mode which features particulary in the first section D Eb F G A Bb C D. In the phyrgian mode as it is described the scale structure is s/t T T T s/t T T (s/t = semitone & T = Tone) The composer Pascual Marquina Narro was a prolific Spanish composer of orchestral and operatic music. Pascual Marquina As a composer of distinctly Spanish music he is readily identified with the musical movement known as nationalism. The suggested tempo range for a paso doble when danced is between 116 and 124 beats per minute. It can be best described as a fast Latin dance with a strong march like rhythm. Close

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble arr. flute & piano

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar pieces of Show More...

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar pieces of the Spanish repertoire this arrangement from PlentyMusic is available to download The PlentyMusic sheet music video plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note beats per minute and the tempo in the arrangement is constant. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 104, 108, 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. There are many excellent arrangements of this music available available from the PlentyMusic sheet music library for many instrument combinations. The melody has some tricky rhythmic patterns and shapes to play and triplets are an additional challenge. The small decorative / ornamental notes do not sound in the realisation. The solo melody doesn’t appear until bar 18 so the build up to this moment is intense particularly with the long crescendo. As there are no percussion in the scoring the arranger has omitted the tremolos from 73 – 78 doubling the clarinet melody with the piano accompaniment. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the music is nevertheless concise, dramatic and full of musical ideas and references to the Spanish idiom and style. The second section has an appealing syncopated melody with some changes the musical texture. The solo line played by the clarinet needs to be played with confidence and accuracy. It is also an excellent test as an ensemble piece requiring good communication between the soloist & accompanist. The solo part is quite challenging to play and needs to be learnt methodically most probably with some counting involved. Playing the melody at a slow tempo in the early stages of learning the piece is probably a sensible approach. The articulation markings featured in the score include the use of staccato, accents, marcato and legato playing. Performances need to demonstrate control of the range of dynamics that feature in the writing from the quietest to the loudest sound. This movement will need to be prepared thoroughly for a performance because of its familiarity. It is probably the most instantly recognisable piece of Spanish music ever composed! A great movement for both the player and the listener for its dramatic and musical qualities. The composition it dates from 1923 and was recorded as early as 1926. Spanish music is imbued with the sound of the phrygian mode which features particulary in the first section D Eb F G A Bb C D. In the phyrgian mode as it is described the scale structure is s/t T T T s/t T T (s/t = semitone & T = Tone) The composer Pascual Marquina Narro was a prolific Spanish composer of orchestral and operatic music. Pascual Marquina As a composer of distinctly Spanish music he is readily identified with the musical movement known as nationalism. The suggested tempo range for a paso doble when danced is between 116 and 124 beats per minute. It can be best described as a fast Latin dance with a strong march like rhythm. Close

Espana Cani | Spanish Gypsy Dance | Paso Doble arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar Show More...

Spanish Gypsy Dance | España Cañi | Paso-Doble by Pascual Marquina arranged for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment. One of the most familiar pieces of the Spanish repertoire. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note beats per minute and the tempo in the arrangement is constant. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 104, 108, 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. The melody has some tricky rhythmic patterns and shapes to play and triplets are an additional challenge. The small decorative / ornamental notes do not sound in the realisation. The solo melody doesn’t appear until bar 18 so the build up to this moment is intense particularly with the long crescendo. As there are no percussion in the scoring the arranger has omitted the tremolos from 73 – 78 doubling the clarinet melody with the piano accompaniment. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the music is nevertheless concise, dramatic and full of musical ideas and references to the Spanish idiom and style. A work in two sections in different keys The second section has an appealing syncopated melody. The solo line played by the clarinet needs to be played with confidence and accuracy. It is also an excellent test as an ensemble piece requiring good communication between the soloist & accompanist. The solo part is quite challenging to play and needs to be learnt methodically most probably with some counting involved. Playing the melody at a slow tempo in the early stages of learning the piece is probably a sensible approach. The articulation markings featured in the score include the use of staccato, accents, marcato and legato playing. Performances need to demonstrate control of the range of dynamics that feature in the writing from the quietest to the loudest sound. This movement will need to be prepared thoroughly for a performance because of its familiarity. It is probably the most instantly recognisable piece of Spanish music ever composed! A great movement for both the player and the listener for its dramatic and musical qualities. The composition it dates from 1923 and was recorded as early as 1926. There are many excellent arrangements of this music available for many instrument combinations. Spanish music is imbued with the sound of the phrygian mode which features particulary in the first section D Eb F G A Bb C D. In the phyrgian mode as it is described the scale structure is s/t T T T s/t T T (s/t = semitone & T = Tone) The composer Pascual Marquina Narro was a prolific Spanish composer of orchestral and operatic music. Pascual Marquina As a composer of distinctly Spanish music he is readily identified with the musical movement known as nationalism. The suggested tempo range for a paso doble when danced is between 116 and 124 beats per minute. It can be best described as a fast Latin dance with a strong march like rhythm. Close

June (Barcarolle) arr. clarinet in Bb & piano Opus 37 No.6 from The Seasons

A recent addition to the PlentyMusic sheet music library is Tchaikovsky’s June arr.clarinet in Bb & piano. Improve music practice strategies & playi Show More...

A recent addition to the PlentyMusic sheet music library is Tchaikovsky’s June arr.clarinet in Bb & piano. Improve music practice strategies & playing routines by using PlentyMusic mp3 piano accompaniments. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 is one of the composer’s most popular pieces. Described as a barcarolle it was intended to be performed in the 19th century drawing room or salon. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at a range of tempi enabling clarinettists to enjoy ensemble playing as part of their practice routines. They play at 80, 82,84,86 & 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are rneeded please advise the PlentyMusic office with an indication of the tempi that are required. There are many arrangements of Tchaikovsky’s June with this arrangement keeping to the composer’s writing as much as practically possible. The only element in the music editors view that possibly could be explored is the octave ranges played by the instrumental soloist. In the piano accompaniment the sharing of the notes between the hands has been reviewed. Tchaikovsky is a master of voicing although in the piano accompaniments, the music editor, has added the occasional third to complete full voicing of chords. Arpeggiated chords, often indicated in early editions, have lesser relevance in modern playing although managing stretches when playing music always remains a relevant cause as far as developing playing technique. The barcarolle as a composition has its origins as a folk song sung by Venetian gondoliers. In art music as a descriptive piece the music is often intended to imitate the sound of the gondoliers strokes and the rippling sounds of the water. This particularly applies to the closing section of Tchaikovsky’s June from bar 83 – 99 where the piano chords are arpeggiated. There is much score detail in the source scores available which very much illustrates how well music engraving and printing developed in the 19th century. The tempo indication is Andante cantabile whilst the realisation playing back at 80 quarter note or crotchets beats per minute in the first section from bars 1 - 31. Tempo rubato, gradually speeding ups and slowing down, within the context of playing a phrase is relevant when performing this music. Musicians will need to research this playing approach in both their playing and listening to understand fully its implication as part of 19th century performance practice. The music editor has indicated arpeggiated chords to be played only when it is appropriate reflecting current performance practice In the first section bars 1-31 the melody and accompaniment need to be played with a legato playing touch. A melancholy movement in character in the opening section there are nevertheless a variety of moods and tempo expressed during a performance of the whole movement. Some of the music is very simple although the middle section bars 32-51 in the tonic major key is more challenging technically with two changes of tempo and writing in which the texture is more full and complex. In a performance instrumentalists should be looking to explore the full tonal and dynamic range of their instruments. Much of Tchaikovsky’s music can be arranged for other instrumental groups to perform and June offers many options for a solo instrument with piano accompaniment and both chamber and orchestral groups. Tchaikovsky travelled widely and would have been familiar with the Italian folk song barcorola describing a movement associated with boatmen and gondoliers with a characteristic rhythmic pattern imitating the rhythm of rowing. The context for much of Tchaikovsky’s salon and chamber music which was largely commissioned & sponsored, was to compose ternary form music (ABA) using a popular dance rhythmic template of the time which included waltz, barcarolle, polka, mazurka amongst many other forms of the day familiar to the listening public. The middle part in two sections, one in quadruple time followed by an even faster one in triple time faster in tempo and dance like in character requires a lightness of touch when played. This middle section closes with a series of diminished seventh chords moving up the keyboard. After a brief two bar link the music of the A section returns as a varied repeat with the addition of some counter melodies and points of imitation largely sounded in the tenor line. There is considerable detail in the music score typical of printed music published in the late romantic period One of Tchaikovsky’s great skills as a composer was to be able to write music for all levels of performance expertise from beginner to improver, intermediate, advanced and virtuoso levels. The closing section or coda from bars 84 – 99 does reference and suggest imagery that relates to the composer’s reference to barcarolle in the music’s title Close

June (Barcarolle) arr. flute & piano Opus 37 No.6 from The Seasons

June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 & is one of the composer’s most popular pieces described as a barcarolle. Intended or Show More...

June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 & is one of the composer’s most popular pieces described as a barcarolle. Intended originally for performance in the 19th century salon or drawing room this is an arrangement for flute & piano. Accompaniments are in place playing at a range of tempi enabling flautists to enjoy ensemble playing as part of their practice routines. They play at 80, 82,84,86 & 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If additional accompaniments are required please advise the PlentyMusic office. There are many arrangements of Tchaikovsky’s June with this arrangement keeping to the composer’s writing as much as practically possible. The only element in the music editors view that should be explored is the octave ranges played by the instrumental soloist. In the piano accompaniment the sharing of the notes between the hands has been reviewed. Tchaikovsky is a master of voicing although in the piano accompaniments, the music editor, has added the occasional third to complete full voicing of chords. Arpeggiated chords, often indicated in early editions, have lesser relevance in modern playing although managing stretches when playing music always remains a relevant cause as far as developing playing technique. The barcarolle as a composition has its origins as a folk song sung by Venetian gondoliers. In art music as a descriptive piece the music is often intended to imitate the sound of the gondoliers strokes and the rippling sounds of the water. This particularly applies to the closing section of Tchaikovsky’s June from bar 83 – 99 where the piano chords are arpeggiated . There is much score detail in the source scores available which very much illustrates how well music engraving and printing developed in the 19th century. The tempo indication is Andante cantabile whilst the realisation playing back at 80 quarter note or crotchets beats per minute in the first section from bars 1 -31 Tempo rubato, gradually speeding ups and slowing down, within the context of playing a phrase is relevant when performing this music. Musicians will need to research this playing approach in both their playing and listening to understand fully its implication as part of 19th century performance practice. The music editor has indicated arpeggiated chords to be played only when it is appropriate reflecting current performance practice In the first section bars 1-31 the melody and accompaniment need to be played with a legato playing touch. A melancholy movement in character in the opening section there are nevertheless a variety of moods and tempo expressed during a performance of the whole movement. Some of the music is very simple although the middle section bars 32-51 in the tonic major key is more challenging technically with two changes of tempo and writing in which the texture is more full and complex. In a performance instrumentalists should be looking to explore the full tonal and dynamic range of their instruments. Much of Tchaikovsky’s music can be arranged for other instrumental groups to perform and June offers many options for a solo instrument with piano accompaniment and both chamber and orchestral groups. Use of the sustaining pedal is indicated in the score. The use of the sustaining pedal is dependent on so many factors in a performance particularly related to the quality of the piano and the acoustic of the performance area. The music editor’s view is a preference to under use rather than over use the sustaining pedal. Harmonies essentially should never be conflicted or smudged. Modern pianos are of course much more resonant than those of the past when being generous with the right foot could perhaps be tolerated. Using the sustaining pedal is quite a study in itself with quarter, half, three quarter and full pedalling Tchaikovsky travelled widely and would have been familiar with the Italian folk song barcorola describing a movement associated with boatmen and gondoliers with a characteristic rhythmic pattern imitating the rhythm of rowing. The context for much of Tchaikovsky’s salon and chamber music which was largely commissioned, was to compose ternary form music (ABA) using a popular dance rhythmic template of the time which included waltz, barcarolle, polka, mazurka amongst others. The middle part in two sections, one in quadruple time followed by an even faster one in triple time and dance like in character requiring a lightness of touch in the playing approach. This middle section closes with a series of diminished seventh chords moving up the keyboard. After a brief two bar link the music of the A section returns as a varied repeat with the addition of some counter melodies and points of imitation largely sounded in the tenor line. There is considerable detail in the music score typical of printed music published in the late romantic period One of Tchaikovsky’s great skills as a composer was to be able to write music for all levels of performance expertise from beginner to improver, intermediate, advanced and virtuoso levels. The closing section or coda from bars 84 – 99 does reference and suggest imagery that relates to the composers reference to barcarolle in the music’s title. Close

June (Barcarolle) arr. cello & piano Opus 37 No.6 from The Seasons

June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 and is arranged for cello & piano. It is one of the composer’s most popular pieces. A Show More...

June from Tchaikovsky’s Seasons Opus 37 No.6 dates from 1891 and is arranged for cello & piano. It is one of the composer’s most popular pieces. An example of music intended for the salon it is described as a barcarolle. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at a range of tempi enabling cellists to enjoy ensemble playing as part of their practice routines. They play at 80, 82, 84, 86 & 88 quarter nore (crotchet) beats to the minute. Should additional accompaniments be required please contact the PlentyMusic office with a specfication tempo wise. There are many arrangements of Tchaikovsky’s June with this arrangement keeping to the composer’s writing as much as practically possible. The only element in the music editors view that should be explored is the octave ranges played by the instrumental soloist. In the piano accompaniment the sharing of the notes between the hands has been reviewed. Tchaikovsky is a master of voicing although in the piano accompaniments, the music editor, has added the occasional third to complete full voicing of chords. Arpeggiated chords, often indicated in early editions, have lesser relevance in modern playing although managing stretches when playing music always remains a relevant cause as far as developing playing technique. The barcarolle as a composition has its origins as a folk song sung by Venetian gondoliers. In art music as a descriptive piece the music is often intended to imitate the sound of the gondoliers strokes and the rippling sounds of the water. This particularly applies to the closing section of Tchaikovsky’s June from bar 83 – 99 where the piano chords are arpeggiated . There is much score detail in the source scores available which very much illustrates how well music engraving and printing developed in the 19th century. The tempo indication is Andante cantabile whilst the realisation playing back at 80 quarter note or crotchets beats per minute in the first section from bars 1 -31 Tempo rubato, gradually speeding ups and slowing down, within the context of playing a phrase is relevant when performing this music. Musicians will need to research this playing approach in both their playing and listening to understand fully its implication as part of 19th century performance practice. The music editor has indicated arpeggiated chords to be played only when it is appropriate reflecting current performance practice In the first section bars 1-31 the melody and accompaniment need to be played with a legato playing touch. A melancholy movement in character in the opening section there are nevertheless a variety of moods and tempo expressed during a performance of the whole movement. Some of the music is very simple although the middle section bars 32-51 in the tonic major key is more challenging technically with two changes of tempo and writing in which the texture is more full and complex. In a performance instrumentalists should be looking to explore the full tonal and dynamic range of the instrument. Piano touch and articulations are elements that can be explored. Much of Tchaikovsky’s music can be arranged for other instrumental groups to perform and June offers many options for a solo instrument with piano accompaniment and both chamber and orchestral groups. Use of the sustaining pedal is indicated in the score. The use of the sustaining pedal is dependent on so many factors in a performance particularly related to the quality of the piano and the acoustic of the performance area. The music editor’s view is a preference to under use rather than over use the sustaining pedal. Harmonies essentially should never be conflicted or smudged. Modern pianos are of course much more resonant than those of the past when being generous with the right foot could perhaps be tolerated. Using the sustaining pedal is quite a study in itself with quarter, half, three quarter and full pedalling Tchaikovsky travelled widely and would have been familiar with the Italian folk song barcorola describing a movement associated with boatmen and gondoliers with a characteristic rhythmic pattern imitating the rhythm of rowing. The context for much of Tchaikovsky’s salon and chamber music which was largely commissioned, was to compose ternary form music (ABA) using a popular dance rhythmic template of the time which included waltz, barcarolle, polka, mazurka amongst others. The middle part in two sections, one in quadruple time followed by an even faster one in triple time are faster in tempo faster in tempo and dance like in character requiring a lightness playing. This middle section closes with a series of diminished seventh chords moving up the keyboard. After a brief two bar link the music of the A section returns as a varied repeat with the addition of some counter melodies and points of imitation largely sounded in the tenor line. There is considerable detail in the music score typical of printed music published in the late romantic period One of Tchaikovsky’s great skills as a composer was to be able to write music for all levels of performance expertise from beginner to improver, intermediate, advanced and virtuoso levels. The closing section or coda from bars 84 – 99 does reference and suggest imagery that relates to the composer’s reference to barcarolle in the music’s title. The cello is required to play pizzicato in the closing bars as indicated in the music score. Close

Vocalise arr. trombone & piano

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for trombone and piano in the key of E minor. Sergie Rachmaninov was a Russian born composer, pianist and conducto Show More...

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for trombone and piano in the key of E minor. Sergie Rachmaninov was a Russian born composer, pianist and conductor who like many of his generation left his home country to live abroad because of the political turmoil. The playback tempo of the realisation is 52 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute although it is an eighth note (quaver) pulse that predominates. The playback score has the repeats in place but the trills indicated in the score do not sound. Accompaniments are available both with and without repeats. They play at 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The score with repeats is 70 bars and without 39 bars in length. For those requiring additional accompaniments please contact the PlentyMusic team with an indication of the tempo that is required. Use the reference tempo map. As a challenging music score to read with many accidentals careful reading of the notes is essential. Listening to performances of the work played by different instrument combinations would be a sensible approach to for instrumentalists to become familiar with the sound of the score. Fortunately streaming media provides many excellent opportunities for this. Understand that much can also be learn from performances that are possibly far from perfect. The pianist will need to use the sustaining pedal although it’s use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Both the soloist and accompanying piano player will need to demonstrate very good playing technique to achieve a legato in a performance. The challenge when playing this score is to make it sound easy to play. This is an excellent piece for all those playing the solo part to improve their intonation. The voicing of the lines is a composing element that needs to be explored particularly to understand how dissonances are created and managed. Rachmaninov’s musical textures are frequently complex. What needs to be explored performing this music is the beauty of sound and its lyricism rather than any dramatic element. The last note needs to sound as long as possible but is notated as in the vocal score where the length of the note no doubt depended on the singers breath control. Instrumentalists will observe that that are some melodic alternatives playing the melody indicated as small notes although they are not used in realisation. The music is composed in two sections with each section intended to be repeated. There is an 8 bar closing section or coda which references the music of the opening A section. The falling sixteenth note (semi quaver) motif needs to be given some prominence in a performance especially when it is imitated. This particular movement from the music setting point of view provides some challenges evident from the many scores that contain inaccuracies and copying errors. The original key of the movement was C# minor. Rachmaninov & Tchaikovsly both composed music melancholy in character. Vocalise is a work that can be played by many different instrument combinations although it was originally written for a soprano voice. Rachmaninov’s harmonic language identifies with the late romantics and stylistically his music is always distinctive and readily identifiable a trait unique to great composers. Rachmaninov was one of the great pianists of his day often including Tchaikovsky’s piano music in his recitals. Be aware & familiar with the several different spellings of both composer’s names. His music possesses a great sense of melody, harmonic colour and supreme understanding of piano writing particular with complex linear textures. The dedicatee of Rachmaninov’s Vocalise was Antonia Nezdanova, a Russian soprano and she gave the first performance of the work in an arrangement for soprano & orchestra. The intention in this particular version of the work was for the melody line to sung or vocalised to a vowel sound chosen by the singer. Whilst Rachmaninov’s dates suggest that he is a 20th century composer he should be regarded as belonging to the late romantic era. In many ways his music references the past rather than that of his contemporaries. Sadly, Because he emigrated to the USA his working life in his newly adopted country became focused on performing rather than composing. Sergie Rachmaninov was a great pianist and composer. He was a generally austere, severe and remote character except to those in the Russian emigré community in the US and other familiar & close people such as his personal piano tuner. He had large hands and could manage big stretches on the piano with ease. He left Russia to live in Germany before moving to New York in 1918. Whilst living in USA he lived and worked mostly as a concert pianist and recitalist and consequently his contribution to the repertoire was sadly not as great as it perhaps could have been. Like Tchaikovsky Rachmaninov often struggled with his mental health particularly if a composition was poorly received after a first performance. He was influenced by the music of Tchaikovsky and was a composer of late tonal romantic music often with chromatic harmony. Close

Vocalise arr. cello & piano

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for cello and piano in the key of E minor. Sergie Rachmaninov was a Russian born composer, pianist and conductor who Show More...

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for cello and piano in the key of E minor. Sergie Rachmaninov was a Russian born composer, pianist and conductor who like many of his generation left his home country to live abroad because of the political turmoil. The playback tempo of the realisation is 56 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute although it is an eighth note (quaver) pulse that predominates. The playback score has the repeats in place but the trills indicated in the score do not sound. Accompaniments are available both with and without repeats. They play at 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The score with repeats is 70 bars and without 39 bars in length. For those requiring additional accompaniments please contact the PlentyMusic team with an indication of the tempo that is required. As a challenging music score to read with many accidentals careful reading of the notes is essential. Listening to performances of the work played by different instrument combinations would be a sensible approach to for instrumentalists to become familiar with the sound of the score. Fortunately, streaming media provides many excellent opportunities for this. Understand that much can also be learn from performances that are possibly far from perfect. The pianist will need to use the sustaining pedal although it’s use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Both the soloist and accompanying piano player will need to demonstrate very good playing technique to achieve a legato in a performance. The challenge when playing this score is to make it sound easy to play. This is an excellent piece for all those playing the solo part to improve their intonation. The voicing of the lines is a composing element that needs to be explored particularly to understand how dissonances are created and managed. Rachmaninov’s musical textures are frequently complex. What needs to be explored performing this music is the beauty of sound and its lyricism rather than any dramatic element. The last note needs to sound as long as possible but is notated as in the vocal score where the length of the note no doubt depended on the singers breath control. Instrumentalists will observe that that are some melodic alternatives playing the melody indicated as small notes although they are not used in realisation. The music is composed in two sections with each section intended to be repeated. There is an 8 bar closing section or coda which references the music of the opening A section. The falling sixteenth note (semi quaver) motif needs to be given some prominence in a performance especially when it is imitated. This particular movement from the music setting point of view provides some challenges evident from the many scores that contain inaccuracies and copying errors. The original key of the movement was C# minor. Rachmaninov & Tchaikovsly both composed music melancholy in character. Vocalise is a work that can be played by many different instrument combinations although it was originally written for a soprano voice. Rachmaninov’s harmonic language identifies with the late romantics and stylistically his music is always distinctive and readily identifiable a trait unique to great composers. Rachmaninov was one of the great pianists of his day often including Tchaikovsky’s piano music in his recitals. Be aware & familiar with the several different spellings of both composer’s names. His music possesses a great sense of melody, harmonic colour and supreme understanding of piano writing particular with complex linear textures. The dedicatee of Rachmaninov’s Vocalise was Antonia Nezdanova, a Russian soprano and she gave the first performance of the work in an arrangement for soprano & orchestra. The intention in this particular version of the work was for the melody line to sung or vocalised to a vowel sound chosen by the singer. Whilst Rachmaninov’s dates suggest that he is a 20th century composer he should be regarded as belonging to the late romantic era. In many ways his music references the past rather than that of his contemporaries. Sadly, Because he emigrated to the USA his working life in his newly adopted country became focused on performing rather than composing. Sergie Rachmaninov was a great pianist and composer. He was a generally austere, severe and remote character except to those in the Russian emigré community in the US and other familiar & close people such as his personal piano tuner. He had large hands and could manage big stretches on the piano with ease. He left Russia to live in Germany before moving to New York in 1918. Whilst living in USA he lived and worked mostly as a concert pianist and recitalist and consequently his contribution to the repertoire was sadly not as great as it perhaps could have been. Like Tchaikovsky Rachmaninov often struggled with his mental health particularly if a composition was poorly received after a first performance. He was influenced by the music of Tchaikovsky and was a composer of late tonal romantic music often with chromatic harmony. Close

Vocalise arr. flute & piano

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for flute and piano in the key of E minor. The playback tempo of the realisation is 56 quarter note (crotchet) beats Show More...

Rachmaninov’s Vocalise arranged for flute and piano in the key of E minor. The playback tempo of the realisation is 56 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute although it is an eighth note (quaver) pulse that predominates. The playback score has the repeats in place but the trills indicated in the score do not sound. Accompaniments are available both with and without repeats. They play at 52, 54, 56, 58 & 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The score with repeats is 70 bars and without 39 bars in length. As a challenging music score to read with many accidentals careful reading of the notes is essential. Listening to performances of the work played by different instrument combinations would be a sensible approach to for instrumentalists to become familiar with the sound of the score. Fortunately streaming media provides many excellent opportunities for this. Understand that much can also be learn from performances that are possibly far from perfect. The pianist will need to use the sustaining pedal although it’s use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Both the soloist and accompanying piano player will need to demonstrate very good playing technique to achieve a legato in a performance. The challenge when playing this score is to make it sound easy to play. This is an excellent piece for all those playing the solo part to improve their intonation. The voicing of the lines is a composing element that needs to be explored particularly to understand how dissonances are created and managed. Rachmaninov’s musical textures are frequently complex. What needs to be explored performing this music is the beauty of sound and its lyricism rather than any dramatic element. The last note for flute is ambiguously notated and depending on the instrumentalist’s breath control can be as long as possible. The music is composed in two sections with each section intended to be repeated. There is an 8 bar closing section or coda which references the music of the opening A section. The falling sixteenth note (semi quaver) motif needs to be given some prominence in a performance especially when it is imitated. This particular movement from the music setting point of view provides some challenges evident from the many scores that contain inaccuracies and copying errors. The original key of the movement was C# minor. Rachmaninov & Tchaikovsly both composed music melancholy in character. Vocalise is a work that can be played by many different instrument combinations although it was originally written for a soprano voice. Rachmaninov’s harmonic language identifies with the late romantics and stylistically his music is always distinctive and readily identifiable a trait unique to great composers. Rachmaninov was one of the great pianists of his day often including Tchaikovsky’s piano music in his recitals. Be aware & familiar with the several different spellings of both composer’s names. His music possesses a great sense of melody, harmonic colour and supreme understanding of piano writing particular with complex linear textures. The dedicatee of Rachmaninov’s Vocalise was Antonia Nezdanova, a Russian soprano and she gave the first performance of the work in an arrangement for soprano & orchestra. The intention in this particular version of the work was for the melody line to sung or vocalised to a vowel sound chosen by the singer. Whilst Rachmaninov’s dates suggest that he is a 20th century composer he should be regarded as belonging to the late romantic era. In many ways his music references the past rather than that of his contemporaries. Sadly, Because he emigrated to the USA his working life in his newly adopted country became focused on performing rather than composing. Sergie Rachmaninov was a great pianist and composer. He was a generally austere, severe and remote character except to those in the Russian emigré community in the US and other familiar & close people such as his personal piano tuner. He had large hands and could manage big stretches on the piano with ease. He left Russia to live in Germany before moving to New York in 1918. Whilst living in USA he lived and worked mostly as a concert pianist and recitalist and consequenly his contribution to the repertoire was sadly not as great as it perhaps could have been. Like Tchaikovsky Rachmaninov often struggled with his mental health particularly if a composition was poorly received after a first performance. He was influenced by the music of Tchaikovsky and was a composer of late tonal romantic music often with chromatic harmony. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. tenor saxophone & piano. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical Show More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. tenor saxophone & piano. A sunny piece that features many characteristics typical of the Spanish style. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again to imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. Listen to performances and use your ears is the advice. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the bassoon part are in place to keep to the instruments best tonal range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A tenor saxophone part is appended to the full score available as part of the pdf download. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. trombone & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. trombone & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typi Show More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. trombone & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typical of Spanish music. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again to imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. Listen to performances and use your ears is the advice. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (marked animando in the score) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the bassoon part are in place to keep to the instruments best tonal range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A trombone part is also appended to the full score available as part of the pdf download. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. cello & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. cello & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typical Show More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. cello & piano. A sunny piece that features many stylistic characteristics typical of Spanish music. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again to imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (animando) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the soprano saxophone part to keep to the instruments best tonal range range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A solo instrument part is also appended to the full score available as part of the pdf download. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. violin & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. violin & piano. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and styli Show More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain arr. violin & piano. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the scale in the sounding key in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggests images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. There is opportunity to explore articulations in a performance with staccato notes used particularly in the accompaniment. Short notes imitating the sound of the guitar are quite appropriate in this piece. Chords can be rolled again imitate the sound of playing chords on the guitar. The music editor has not indicated staccato notes in the music score mainly because it is challenging to be consistent in such matters especially with music that does benefit from spontaneity. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there are occasionally speeding ups (animando) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the soprano saxophone part to keep to the instruments best tonal range range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A solo instrument part is also appended to the full score available as part of the pdf download. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. flute & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española arr. flute & piano (from his Impressions of Spain). This is a sunny piece that features many of the stylistic charac Show More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española arr. flute & piano (from his Impressions of Spain). This is a sunny piece that features many of the stylistic characteristics of Spanish music that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as an important trend in music composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the G scale in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggesting images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 116 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there is occasionally speeding ups (animando) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. There are some octave transpositions in the flute part to utilise the most appropriate range of the instrument. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the flute part to keep to the instruments more appealing range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Spanish has been used to describe the score detail in the pdf sheet music download Apart from approaching the playing of the score with a lightness in the hands, Pianists, when playing the accompaniment, will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116,120 & 124 quarter note beats to the minutes. Close

Serenata Española (Impressions of Spain) arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics Show More...

Joaquin Malats Serenata Española from his Impressions of Spain. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. The origins of this piece are as a piano solo although there are many arrangements to be discovered for different instrument combinations. Interestingly, much of the Spanish piano repertoire of the 19th and early 20th centuries is more familiar transcribed to being played on the guitar and this is certainly the case with the Serenata. This is a movement that dates from the late romantic era when nationalism became an identified as a trend in composition. The music of composers from countries on the fringes of Europe were appearing in concert programmes including music by Dvorak, Smetana, Grieg, Granados & Albeniz amongst others. Playing the G scale in all its forms would be excellent preparation for playing this work major, harmonic & melodic minor and the phrygian mode. In this movement many of characteristic musical sounds of Spain are captured in a score that suggesting images of the country. There is much characteristic figuration and decoration used in Spanish music and these feature in the melodic, accompaniment, harmonic & timbral detail. This is a sunny piece that features many of the idioms and stylistic characteristics that are typical of Spanish art music in the late 19th century. This movement music was composed and published in the last decade of the 19th century. There were some ambiguities in the source scores available to the music editor who has spent time removing errors and inconsistencies. It is the phyrgian mode that is features strongly in Spanish music. The structure of the phyrgian scale is S/T-T-T-T-S/T-T-T (S/T = semitone T = tone) Modal shifts from minor to major also feature The realisation plays back at a tempo of 112 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute although there is occasionally speeding ups (animando) and slowing downs particularly at the end of phrases. Formally the music has a sectional structure and can be described as being in ABA ternary form. (AABB’A) Spanish music is often dramatic and on occasions invites exaggeration in performance. The extensive melodic range is a particular characteristic of this movement. Where appropriate there are some octave transpositions in the clarinet in Bb part to keep to the instruments more appealing range. The element of contrast is also to the fore with legato & staccato, loud and quiet playing, speeding up and slowing down. Spanish has been used to describe the score detail in the pdf sheet music download Apart from approaching the playing of the score with a lightness in the hands, Pianists, when playing the accompaniment, will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are in place & can be downloaded as mp3 files from the PlentyMusic website. They playback at 104, 108, 112, 116 & 120 quarter note beats to the minutes. A clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Chant sans Paroles (Song Without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arr. violin & piano

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for violin & piano. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotc Show More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for violin & piano. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 & 88 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A saxophone part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The sense of melody is always strong in this composer’s writing. Musicians need to explore the full tonal and dynamic range when playing this music The small decorative notes are possibly best omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. Late 19th century chromatic harmony is evident in the writing and the 8 bar phrase structure is consistent in this movement. The musical templates that tended to dominate Tchaikovsky’s composing life were the popular dance forms of his day – waltz, polka, mazurka, scherzo. This is music intended for performance in the salon or drawing room. This high intermediate arrangement keeps very much to the composers original score with just a few additional notes in the accompaniment to help the voicing of the chords. Tchaikovsky is the master of mood in music from the composing view supreme in able to express both the saddest and happiest of moments in music. Close

Chant sans Paroles (Song Without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for tenor saxophone & piano. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter no Show More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for tenor saxophone & piano. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 & 88 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A saxophone part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The sense of melody is always strong in this composer’s writing. Musicians need to explore the full tonal and dynamic range when playing this music The small decorative notes are possibly best omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. Late 19th century chromatic harmony is evident in the writing and the 8 bar phrase structure is consistent in this movement. The musical templates that tended to dominate Tchaikovsky’s composing life were the popular dance forms of his day – waltz, polka, mazurka, scherzo. This is music intended for performance in the salon or drawing room. This high intermediate arrangement keeps very much to the composers original score with just a few additional notes in the accompaniment to help the voicing of the chords. Tchaikovsky is the master of mood in music from the composing view supreme in able to express both the saddest and happiest of moments in music. Close

Chant sans Paroles (Song Without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arr. cello & piano

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for cello & piano. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotche Show More...

Tchaikovsky’s Chant sans Paroles (Song without Words) Opus 2 No.3 arranged for cello & piano. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The bass clef has been used for the notation of the cello part. For those who perform this music there are some opportunities to explore the octave in both the cello and piano parts particular in the section from bar 36 to Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 76, 80, 84 & 88 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A cello part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The sense of melody is always strong in this composer’s writing. Musicians need to explore the full tonal and dynamic range when playing this music The small decorative notes do not sound in the realisation and are possibly best omitted in the early stages of learning the piece. Late 19th century chromatic harmony is evident in the writing and the 8 bar phrase structure is consistent in this movement. The musical templates that tended to dominate Tchaikovsky’s composing life were the popular dance forms of his day – waltz, polka, mazurka, scherzo. This is music intended for performance in the salon or drawing room. This intermediate arrangement keeps very much to the composers original score with just a few additional notes in the accompaniment to help the voicing of the chords. Tchaikovsky is the master of mood in music from the composing view supreme in able to express both the saddest and happiest of moments in music. Close

Chanson Triste arr. cello & piano

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for cello & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G minor Show More...

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for cello & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 84, 88, 92, 96,100 &104 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A cello part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. Accompanying pianists need to make appropriate use of the sustaining pedal although it is not indicated in the sheet music download. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a range of dynamics. Tchaikovsky tends to indicate a full range of dynamics in his writing. There is a chromatic element in the harmonic writing particularly in the A section. Playing the G minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. There are 12 piano pieces in the Opus 40 collection. They can be essentially be described as salon music which is music composed intended for home use in the 19th century drawing room possibly with a small audience in attendance. Close

Chanson Triste arr. violin & piano

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for violin & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G mino Show More...

One of Tchaikovsky’s most popular pieces composed in 1878 for piano and arranged for violin & with piano accompaniment in the original key of G minor. It is a ternary form ABA movement in a reflective melancholy mood. The realisation plays back at 92 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are in place playing at 84, 88, 92, 96,100 &104 beats per minute. There is a two bar count in played on the wood blocks. A violin part is appended to the full score on the pdf download. It has a regular phrase structure and the melodic line needs to be played with a singing legato. Accompanying pianists need to make appropriate use of the sustaining pedal although it is not indicated in the sheet music download. When performing the music be aware that tempo changes particularly at the end of phrases are appropriate. The music needs to be delivered with expression and a range of dynamics. Tchaikovsky tends to indicate a full range of dynamics in his writing. There is a chromatic element in the harmonic writing particularly in the A section. Playing the G minor scale in both the harmonic and melodic forms would be excellent preparation for playing this intermediate level work. There are 12 piano pieces in the Opus 40 collection. They can be essentially be described as salon music which is music composed intended for home use in the 19th century drawing room possibly with a small audience in attendance. Close

Arabesque No.1 arr. trombone & piano

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for advanced level trombone & piano sounding in the key of F. The music composed whilst Debussy was still in his Show More...

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for advanced level trombone & piano sounding in the key of F. The music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20’s. The first Arabesque has a tempo marking Andantino con moto whist the realisation for trombone & piano plays back at an initial 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed from the original key of E to F. There are some of octave transpositions in the arrangement keeping the trombone parts within an appropriate range. It is a three section work. A trombone part notated in the tenor clef is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 100-88 -100 quarter note (crotchets) beats per minute, 104-092-104, 104-100-104, 108-100-108, 112-096-112 and 112-104-112 bpm with the tempo references referring to the music as a three section work. Tempo considerations have great relevance in the performance of this music. In terms of beauty of music lines this is a hard piece of music to beat which makes it an enthralling and challenging ensemble piece. Some of the score detail is omitted in the video score and the use of 3 to indicated triplets are perhaps not consistently applied Learning 3’s against 2’s as a cross rhythm (and 2’s against 3’s) are probably best learnt as clapping/tapping games in a group context. Much of the writing in this movement references triadic chords played as arpeggios. The intervals of the thirds and tenth (compound third) feature strongly in the parallel motion It is a three section work with the reflective middle section referencing the key of the sub-dominant. The triplet pattern is a strong feature of the movement. Instrumentalists new to playing cross rhythms need to practice playing triplet rhythms for a bar and then change it to eighth notes (quavers) so that they develop a clear sense of pulse in their playing. This a movement where the tempo often ebbs and flows in what is referred to as Tempo Rubato. This is an important aspect of performance practice and something that is first associated with the music of Chopin. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding of all the terms used in the score detail. 20th century music scores do generally have more graphics and terms in place to assist how the music is to be played and interpreted. A quite stunning and impressionable piece in all senses of the word with a strong sense of melody that lends itself to being arranged for an ensemble such as a solo instrument with a piano accompaniment. Debussy composed his two Arabesques between 1888 and 1891 whilst still in his 20’s. They were originally composed for piano. They are movements that challenge the established pathways of his late romantic contemporaries. They are often described as early impressionist pieces although Debussy himself didn’t like references of his music using the term. Debussy has famously been described as the composer who opened the door to 20th century musical composition in the sense that his compositional approach was different to that of many of his contemporaries whose music was generally becoming increasingly dissonant. Debussy’s writing is more about exploring the beauty of sound without necessarily following the rules of harmonic writing that prevailed in the 19th century. Debussy created a new approach to composition in which beauty of sound and line were paramount exploring connections between the visual arts, nature and the environment around him His music is frequently described as being evocative in that he describes in music what he sees, hears and observes from his experiences of life. He is a composer of visual music. Debussy also lived at a time when the world as such was coming to Europe with exhibitions and as a composer he was open and influenced by the many cultures as his music suggests. If there are trombonists who would like additional accompaniments in place please advise the PlentyMusic office with a tempo template. Whilst there are tempo changes in the PlentyMusic accompaniments rubato playing is not as such represented. Arabesque is a term that refers to artistic decoration and line which are terms relevant to music. The art in respect to Arab culture is also extremely relevant as the term suggests having both historical and modern contexts. Spend time looking at Arabesque graphics. There are related aspects to line and position in ballet music so as a description of a piece of music the term Arabesque has several references and meaning. Close

Arabesque No. 1 arr. alto saxophone & piano

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for alto saxophone and piano sounding in the key of Ab. This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20 Show More...

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for alto saxophone and piano sounding in the key of Ab. This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20’s. The first Arabesque has a tempo marking Andantino con moto whist the realisation for alto saxophone and piano plays back at an initial 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed from the original key of E toAb. It is a three section work. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Much of the writing in this movement references triadic chords played as arpeggios. The intervals of the thirds and tenth (compound third) feature strongly in the parallel motion It is a three section work with the reflective middle section referencing the key of the sub-dominant. The triplet pattern is a strong feature of the movement. Instrumentalists new to playing cross rhythms need to practice playing triplet rhythms for a bar and then change it to eighth notes (quavers) so that they develop a clear sense of pulse in their playing. This a movement where the tempo often ebbs and flows in what is referred to as Tempo Rubato. This is an important aspect of performance practice and something that is first associated with the music of Chopin. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding of all the terms used in the score detail. 20th century music scores do generally have more graphics and terms in place to assist how the music is to be played and interpreted. A quite stunning and impressionable piece in all senses of the word with a strong sense of melody that lends itself to being arranged for a solo instrument with an accompaniment. Debussy composed his two Arabesques between 1888 and 1891 whilst still in his 20’s. They were originally composed for piano. They are movements that challenge the established pathways of his late romantic contemporaries. They are often described as early impressionist pieces although Debussy himself didn’t like references of his music using the term. Debussy has famously been described as the composer who opened the door to 20th century musical composition in the sense that his compositional approach was different to that of many of his contemporaries whose music was generally becoming increasingly dissonant. Debussy’s writing is more about exploring the beauty of sound without necessarily following the rules of harmonic writing that prevailed in the 19th century. Debussy created a new approach to composition in which beauty of sound and line were paramount exploring connections between the visual arts, nature and the environment around him His music is frequently described as being evocative in that he describes in music what he sees, hears and observes from his experiences of life. He is a composer of visual music. Debussy also lived at a time when the world as such was coming to Europe with exhibitions and as a composer he was open and influenced by the many cultures as his music catalogue suggests. Piano accompaniments are in place to encourage ensemble practice playing at 100-88 -100 quarter note (crotchets) beats per minute and also 104-092-104, 104-100-104, 108-100-108, 112-096-112 and 112-104-112 bpm with the tempo referring to the music as a three section work. If there instrumentalists who would like additional accompaniments in place please advise the PlentyMusic office with tempo suggestions. Whilst there are tempo changes in these accompaniments rubato playing is not as such represented. Arabesque is a term that refers to artistic decoration and line which are terms relevant to music. The art in respect to Arab culture is also extremely relevant as the term suggests having both historical and modern contexts. Spend time looking at Arabesque graphics. There are related aspects to line and position in ballet music so as a description of a piece of music using the term Arabesque has relevance and meaning. Close

Arabesque No. 1 arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano sounding in the key of F This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20� Show More...

Debussy’s Arabesque No. 1 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano sounding in the key of F This is music composed whilst Debussy was still in his 20’s. The first Arabesque has a tempo marking Andantino con moto whist the realisation for clarinet in Bb and piano plays back at an initial 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed from the original key of E to F. It is a three section work. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Much of the writing in this movement references triadic chords played as arpeggios. The intervals of the thirds and tenth (compound third) feature strongly in the parallel motion It is a three section work with the reflective middle section referencing the key of the sub-dominant. The triplet pattern is a strong feature of the movement. Instrumentalists new to playing cross rhythms need to practice playing triplet rhythms for a bar and then change it to eighth notes so that they develop a clear sense of pulse in their playing. This a movement where the tempo often ebbs and flows in what is referred to as Tempo Rubato. This is an important aspect of performance practice and something that is first associated with the music of Chopin. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding of all the terms used in the score detail. 20th century music scores do generally have more graphics and terms in place to assist how the music is to be played and interpreted. A quite stunning and impressionable piece in all senses of the word with a strong sense of melody that lends itself to being arranged for a solo instrument with an accompaniment. Debussy composed his two Arabesques between 1888 and 1891 whilst still in his 20’s. They were originally composed for piano. They are movements that challenge the established pathways of his late romantic contemporaries. They are often described as early impressionist pieces although Debussy himself didn’t like references of his music using the term. Debussy has famously been described as the composer who opened the door to 20th century musical composition in the sense that his compositional approach was different to that of many of his contemporaries whose music was generally becoming increasingly dissonant. Debussy’s writing is more about exploring the beauty of sound without necessarily following the rules of harmonic writing that prevailed in the 19th century. Debussy created a new approach to composition in which beauty of sound and line were paramount exploring connections between the visual arts, nature and the environment around him His music is frequently described as being evocative in that he describes in music what he sees, hears and observes from his experiences of life. He is a composer of visual music. Debussy also lived at a time when the world as such was coming to Europe with exhibitions and as a composer he was open and influenced by the many cultures as his music catalogue suggests. Piano accompaniments are in place to encourage ensemble practice playing at 100-88 -100 quarter note (crotchets) beats per minute and also 104-092-104, 104-100-104, 108-100-108, 112-096-112 and 112-104-112 bpm with the tempo referring to the music as a three section work. If there instrumentalists who would like additional accompaniments in place please advise the PlentyMusic office with tempo suggestions. Accompaniments are priced at 1 credit each. Whilst there are tempo changes in these accompaniments rubato playing is not as such represented. Arabesque is a term that refers to artistic decoration and line which are terms relevant to music. The art in respect to Arab culture is also extremely relevant as the term suggests having both historical and modern contexts. Spend time looking at Arabesque graphics. There are related aspects to line and position in ballet music so as a description of a piece of music using the term Arabesque has relevance and meaning. Close

Polly arr. flute & piano

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for flute & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. A lively movement it needs to be played in a sw Show More...

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for flute & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. A lively movement it needs to be played in a swing style. In this arrangement the music sounds in the original intended key of D. The pdf sheetmusic download has a flute part appended to the full score. There is a strong chromatic element in this movement which has a sectional structure. There is a strong repetitive element in the use of shapes and motifs. Modern instruments are tonally much stronger than the instruments of yesteryear and some of the indicated articulation markings may need to be reviewed. Popular music idioms were established in the first decade of the 20th century first with ragtime and then related styles like novelty and subsequently blues and jazz styles. The realisation plays back at 64 half note or minim beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place playing back at 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 half note or minim beats to the minute. The conventions used in the notation of swing music are confusing and not altogether consistent but it is communicating the swing style element that is important when the music is played. The triplet pattern or shape is the key rhythmic element. Novelty pieces were generally composed in American March form. John Stepan Zamecnik had a successful career as a composer of music for film or more accurately silent films commonly referred to as photoplay music. As a composer he frequently used pseudonms, Whilst American by birth he studied music in Prague with Dvorak in the mid 1890's. Much of his working life was spent in the city of Cleveland. Close

Polly arr. tenor saxophone & piano

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for tenor saxophone & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. It is a lively movement that needs to Show More...

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for tenor saxophone & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. It is a lively movement that needs to be played in a swing style. The realisation plays back at 62 half note or minim bpm. In this arrangement the music sounds in the key of Bb. The pdf sheetmusic download has a tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed appended to the full score. There is a strong chromatic element in this movement which has a formal structure related to the American march form There is a strong repetitive element in the use of shapes and motifs which is often a feature in the popular music idiom. Modern instruments are tonally much stronger than the instruments of the 1920’s and some of the indicated articulation markings may need to be reviewed by players. Popular music idioms in the modern sense were established in the first decade of the 20th century first with ragtime and then with related styles like novelty piano, stride piano and subsequently with blues and jazz styles. Musicians as such were provided with a career choice of either pursuing the popular or more serious classical idioms. Interestingly many successful popular music composers and performers in the early 20th century were classically trained musicians. The realisation plays back at 62 half note or minim beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place playing back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 half note or minim beats to the minute. The conventions used in the notation of swing music are confusing and not altogether consistent. The triplet pattern or shape is the key rhythmic element. Communicating the swing style element is important when playing this music and it would be wise to spend time listening to performances from available recordings. John Stepan Zamecnik had a successful career as a composer of music for film or more accurately silent films commonly referred to as photoplay music. As a composer he frequently used pseudonms. It would be interesting to ask him why? Whilst American by birth he studied music in Prague with Dvorak in the mid 1890's. Much of his working life was spent in the city of Cleveland. Close

Polly arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. A lively movement it needs to be playe Show More...

J.S. Zamecnik’s Polly in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. This novelty piece was published in 1926. A lively movement it needs to be played in a swing style. In this arrangement the music sounds has been transposed sounding in the key of B flat. The pdf sheetmusic download has a clarinet in Bb part appended to the full score. There is a strong chromatic element in what is a movement with a sectional structure. There is a strong repetitive element in the use of shapes and motifs. Modern instruments are tonally much stronger than the instruments of yesteryear and some of the indicated articulation markings may need to be reviewed. Popular music idioms were established in the first decade of the 20th century first with ragtime and then related styles like novelty and subsequently blues and jazz styles. The realisation plays back at 64 half note or minim beats to the minute. Accompaniments are in place playing back at 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70 and 72 half note or minim beats to the minute. The conventions used in the notation of swing music are confusing and not altogether consistent but it is communicating the swing style element that is important when the music is played. .The triplet pattern or shape is the key rhythmic element. Novelty pieces were generally composed in American March form. John Stepan Zamecnik had a successful career as a composer of music for film or more accurately silent films commonly referred to as photoplay music. As a composer he frequently used pseudonms, Whilst American by birth he studied music in Prague with Dvorak in the mid 1890's. Much of his working life was spent in the city of Cleveland. Close

Nola arr. clarinet in A & piano

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for clarinet in A & piano in the original key of D . The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the Show More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for clarinet in A & piano in the original key of D . The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. A clarinet in A is appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Piano accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 60, 62, 64 & 66 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. Some of the score detail have been hidden in the #sheetmusic video score simply because the associated graphics behave inconsistently in this format. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. The playing style of the bass and chords is a derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The composer does not make use of repeat signs. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance pattern steps also referenced in the music The triplet swing pattern imbues this music. Close

Nola arr. flute & piano

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. flute & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom tha Show More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arr. flute & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged during the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. This is the perfect “party piece.” Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. A flute part is appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Piano accompaniments are in place allowing flautists to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The piano accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the flute solo. Appreciate that there are some octave transpositions in the flute part simply to keep within the instrument’s range. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. Swing playing identifies more with the 1920’s so this is definitely music ahead of its time. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. He left the music world with the potential to achieve so much. Born in 1889 if he had lived his entitled three year scores and ten he could have lived until 1959 and would have been a contemporary with so many other greats. It is also ironic because 1959 is the year that a version of Nola achieved success in the pop charts. What is so evident is that he had a wonderful understanding of harmonic colour and the relevance of chords in the popular music idiom. He can be truly described as a musical forerunner. Apart from the abundance of musical ideas it is understanding of the harmonic framework which makes his music so appealing. There are several dance move references in the music The triplet swing pattern imbues this music. Close

Nola arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelt Show More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece of novelty music an idiom that emerged from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Piano accompaniments are in place allowing saxophone players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64 & 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The piano accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the clarinet solo. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. There are a number of octave transpositions in the solo saxophone part to keep within the instruments range. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. The playing style of the bass and chords is derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The composer does not make use of repeat signs. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. Nola by Felix Arndt dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first novelty piano piece, a musical idiom emerging from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Close

Nola arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece ofnovelty mu Show More...

Nola by Felix Arndt arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The composition dates from 1915. It is frequently referred to as the first piece ofnovelty music an idiom that emerged from the ragtime era. Light and breezy in character this is a style of music very much intended to lift the mood and spirit. Arndt was a New York based composer and pianist who died during the Spanish Flu epidemic in 1919. A clarinet in B flat is appended to the full score in the pdf sheet music download. Piano accompaniments are in place allowing clarinet players to participate in play-a-long ensemble activities as part of music practice routines. The accompaniment tracks play back at 58, 60, 62, 64, 66 & 68 half note (minim) beats per minute. There is a two bar count in /click track at the beginning of the accompaniment tracks. The piano accompaniment is quite playable and not nearly as difficult as the clarinet solo. Sections need to be played at the same tempo and there is little opportunity for slowing down at the end of phrases and sections. This is music that moves along quickly but also needs to played in a completely relaxed manner. Nola is brimming with musical ideas and inventiveness and is a very “modern” sounding work for 1915. As a musical snapshot of its time it references both the ragtime era of its near past and points to the future in its swing jazz style triplet rhythms. The playing style of the bass and chords is a derived from ragtime. Contrasting and repeating sections are in evidence whilst the formal pattern of the music is A B A C D C A with an 8 bar coda at the end. The composer does not make use of repeat signs. The key plan can be summarised as I – i – I – IV - I The novelty era has a strong connection with ragtime particularly in its formal patterns and musical shapes. Whilst the repetitive element is strong the composer does not make use of repeat signs. The music editor’s observation is that Felix Arndt was a hugely talented, imaginative and inventive composer and it is a tragedy that he did not live longer to compose music that similarly anticipated future trends. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. tenor horn & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an enco Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encore in a performing context. In this version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute whilst the sample used is one of a horn though not specifically a tenor horn.The tenor horn is a transposing instruments and the part sounds a major sixth lower than written. What is paramount in a performance is that the music does not stutter in the tempo changing sense during a performance. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. There is the suggestion that no two performances could ever be the same simply because of the acoustic and possibly the mood of the soloist. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this short Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shortened encore version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. alto saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shor Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shortened encore version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds.As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. tenor saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this sho Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano of a cut down version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this shortened version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds.As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. baritone horn & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for baritone horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an e Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for baritone horn and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encore in a performing context. In this version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute which the music editor feels on reflection is probably a little on the fast side. The baritone part is notated in the treble clef and sounds a ninth lower than written. Please advise the PlentyMusic office if you require a bass clef option. What is paramount in a performance is that the music does not stutter in the tempo changing sense during a performance. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. There is the suggestion that no two performances could ever be the same simply because of the acoustic and possibly the mood of the soloist. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. euphonium & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for euphonium and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encor Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for euphonium and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. ideal as an encore in a performing context. In this version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute which the music editor feels on reflection is probably a little on the fast side. The euphonium part is notated in the treble clef. Should players require a bass clef version please advise the PlentyMusic office. What is paramount in a performance is that the music does not stutter in the tempo changing sense during a performance. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. There is the suggestion that no two performances could ever be the same simply because of the acoustic and possibly the mood of the soloist. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. violin & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for violin and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 ideal as an encore. Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for violin and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 ideal as an encore. In this cut down arrangement an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. viola & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down arr Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for viola and piano of a shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down arrangement an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. bass trombone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for bass trombone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In th Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for bass trombone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as the closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 38, 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Warum willst du And’re fragen arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. Dating from 1841 Show More...

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for clarinet in Bb & piano. Dating from 1841 this is a reflective and contemplative romantic instrumental arrangement. The realisation plays back at 74 quarter note crotchet beats per minute. In the arrangement the piano generally doubles the melody which whilst reassuring for the instrumental soloist doesn't represent best practice in a musical sense. There should always be a focus on communicating beauty of sound and tone when playing Clara Schumann’s and music by her contemporaries. The voicing particularly in the piano accompaniment is always very considered with the harmonic writing demonstrating chromatic elements typically found in music of its composition date. Players who want to understand or even confirm phrasing options should simply sing the melody and identify places in the score where it is necessary to breathe. There are subtle tempo changes needed as the movement progresses with slowing downs required at the ends of phrases. Returning to a tempo particularly at the start of phrases is an important aspect of performing this music successfully. Use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended in the accompaniment but is only indicated in the opening bars. The music editor suggests only light use so that the harmonic lines are not blurred or become muddy. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 72, 74 and 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. These provide an opportunity for instrumentalists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of regular home music practice routines. There is quite obviously a strong connection and similarities between the composition approach of Robert and Clara Schumann's music. Clara in fact edited much of her husband's music for publishers in the 19th century and was an immense musical talent in her own right. The melody is quite reminiscent of the opening song from Robert Schumann's Dichterliebe song cycle. Additionally, this is one of the songs that Clara Schumann contributed to Robert Schumann’s 12 Gedichte Aus Liebesfruling Opus 37 Close

Warum willst du And’re fragen arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for soprano saxophone & piano. Dating from 18 Show More...

Clara Schumann’s “Warum willst du And’re fragen” (Why do you question others?) in an arrangement for soprano saxophone & piano. Dating from 1841 this is a reflective and contemplative romantic instrumental arrangement #sheet music & accompaniment links: In the arrangement the piano generally doubles the melody which whilst reassuring for the instrumental soloist doesn't represent best practice in a musical sense. There should always be a focus on communicating beauty of sound and tone when playing Clara Schumann’s and music by her contemporaries. The voicing particularly in the piano accompaniment is always very considered with the harmonic writing demonstrating chromatic elements typically found in music of its composition date. Players who want to understand or even confirm phrasing options should simply sing the melody and identify places in the score where it is necessary to breathe. There are subtle tempo changes needed as the movement progresses with slowing downs required at the ends of phrases. Returning to a tempo particularly at the start of phrases is an important aspect of performing this music successfully. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended but only indicated in the opening bars. The music editor suggests only light use so that the harmonic lines are not blurred or become muddy. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 72, 74 and 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. These provide an opportunity for instrumentalists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of regular music practice routines. There is quite obviously a strong connection and similarities between the composition approach of Robert and Clara Schumann's music. Clara in fact edited much of her husband's music for publishers in the 19th century and was an immense musical talent in her own right. The melody is quite reminiscent of the opening song from Robert Schumann's Dichterliebe song cycle. This is one of the songs that Clara Schumann contributed to Robert Schumann’s 12 Gedichte Aus Liebesfruling Opus 37 Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. oboe & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe and piano of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 The music is hauntingly beautiful and this arr Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe and piano of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 The music is hauntingly beautiful and this arrangement is an encore version with an alternative which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this cut down shorter version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. bassoon & piano

A hauntingly beautiful piece with a melody that the music editor suggests could and should be an ideal earworm. An intermediate level arrangement for Show More...

A hauntingly beautiful piece with a melody that the music editor suggests could and should be an ideal earworm. An intermediate level arrangement for bassoon and piano of an encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In t Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo is 40 dotted half notes (minims) to the bar. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the piano accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. cello & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for cello and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for cello and piano of an encore shortened version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 40 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes in the accompaniment are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the very saddest moments probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. I Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6. In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds.As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The playback tempo of the realisation is 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music. Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Valse Sentimentale arr. flute & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for flute and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In this cut do Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for flute and piano of a shortened encore version of Tchaikovsky’s Valse Sentimentale Opus 51 No.6 In this cut down version an alternative ending is provided which simplifies Tchaikovsky’s original cadenza like coda. Formally this short version of the movement can be described as in ternary form ABA with a short coda as a closing section. Originally composed as a piano solo and dating from 1882 it is described as salon music intended in its time to be performed as drawing room music rather than in the concert hall. This is music ideally suited to being performed in intimate surrounds. As a movement a waltz needs to have a one in the bar feel to it rather than three beats to the bar. The realisation plays back at 44 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. It is a movement that requires subtle changes of tempo in the tempo rubato sense. The waltz is a dance and as much of Tchaikovsky’s music is associated with ballet, the Valse Sentimental needs to played with an awareness of movement. The music needs to glide or ebb and flow. If played strictly in time the music becomes quite dull. A movement that is excellent for developing an understanding of performance practice in the romantic / late romantic tradition. A perfect movement to understand how to manage tempo in music in the playing sense and to understand how rubato should work and be used in a music performance. The melody needs to be played legato. Players should be working to improve both the intonation and quality of tone in their playing. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 40, 42 44 and 46 beats per minute where the beat is a dotted half note or minim. In the cadenza like coda beginning at bar where the music has a more dramatic quality and is marked meno mosso it is more practicable to approach this section with a three in the bar feel to the music.Use of the sustaining pedal is recommended by the piano accompanist but not indicated in the sheet music score apart from the first couple of bars. The music editor’s preference and recommendation is for minimal use the pedal. The bracketed notes are editorial and can be omitted. Tchaikovsky's exceptional gift as a composer apart from writing beautiful melodies and accompaniments is his ability to express a great range of moods from the happiest to the saddest moments in his music probably better than anybody else. Close

Serenade arr. clarinet in A & piano

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet in A and piano sounds in the key of C Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for clarinet in A and piano sounds in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 90 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a piano accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. There are some octave transpositions in the clarinet part and observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested while an oboe part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats do not play in the realisation. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments provide the clarinet player the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. violin & piano

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for violin and piano in the key of C whilst the Plen Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for violin and piano in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a piano accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. Observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested and a violin part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments the violinist the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. There is quiet an amount of playing for the string player. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Serenade arr. viola & piano

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for viola and piano in the key of C whilst the Plent Show More...

Serenade by R. Hoffstetter is a popular movement from a classical string quartet. The arrangement for viola and piano in the key of C whilst the PlentyMusic sheet music realisation plays back at 94 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Improve music practice strategies by downloading this sheet music score and accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The music possesses classical beauty and is sustained in its quality and whilst attributed to Haydn is now known to have been composed by Roman Hoffstetter. The melody does sound easy to play although there are challenges in playing music of this era well and musically. In a performance, the articulation of the notes needs to be consistent - the melody is to be played legato with a piano accompaniment that needs to imitate the pizzicato sound of the strings. There are some octave transpositions in the viola part and observant listeners will recognise that not all the ornamaments sound in the realisation. A tempo in the range from 90-102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar is suggested whilst an oboe part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download from the website. The repeats which are not marked in the video score do not play in the realisation or video score. mp3 piano accompaniments are available playing at 86, 90, 94, 98 and 102 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments the violist the opportunity to practice in an ensemble context and play as part of a duet. A two bar click track sounding on a wood block can be heard at the opening of the accompaniments to establish the tempo. An ideal concert item because the music epitomises so much of classical style although surprisingly not composed by one of the famous and familiar classical composers. There is quite an amount of playing for the string player. The repetitive element in the melodic writing is strong whilst the melody line combines chordal and stepwise shapes. The appoggiaturas do often create dissonance in the melodic line whilst the chromatic harmonic colour add to the music’s appeal and interest. In the PlentyMusic sheet music score pdf available for download the appoggiaturas (leaning notes) have been notated as they are to be played whilst the acciaccaturas (crushed notes) are indicated as ornaments with the appropriate symbol. In the video score all the ornaments are notated to add clarity to what is a frequently a contentious area. The ornaments, acciaccaturas (crushed notes) which are probably best omitted in the early stages of playing the movement. This is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of performance practice and the understanding of dissonance, harmonic rhythm and other musical elements that feature in compositions from the classical era. One of the best reasons to play classical music is that it is a positive element in giving players an awareness of basic structures and shapes in music. Additionally, it is also one of the best ways of developing a secure performing/playing technique on an instrument. Classical style features elements of contrast particularly with regard to key and dynamics. As there is also a strong repetitive element that requires the music to played with both simplicity and consistency. The melody can be played with a variety of articulations but in the first instance particularly as an ensemble piece a legato approach is suggested. How the melody is shaped and played in the opening section is how the melody should be played for the rest of the movement. Listening to a number of performances of the score the music it is surprising how different interpretations can be particularly in respect to tempo, articulation of the melody line, the range of dynamics used and particularly the interpretation of ornaments whether appoggiaturas or acciaccaturas. Instrumentalists should appreciate that classical music can be interpreted differently and what is indicated on the page particularly with regard to ornamentation, phrasing and articulation are discussion points. Listening to available recordings will give an awareness how differently the same music can be played but appreciate that the music editor has been intent upon producing a score that is both consistent and has clarity. Roman Hoffstetter, the composer of this music, was interestingly a Benedictine monk, strongly influenced by Haydn in his music so much so that this perfect imitation of Haydn’s style has in the past been assimilated into Haydn’s own catalogue. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. baritone (horn) & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for baritone (horn) wit Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for baritone (horn) with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. The baritone part has been notated in the treble clef and sounds a ninth lower than written. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. tenor horn & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for tenor horn with pia Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for tenor horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. English horn (cor anglais) & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for English horn with p Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for English horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. viola & piano | intermediate level | E flat major

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for viola with piano acco Show More...

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. violin & piano | intermediate level | D major

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano a Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment the sounding key is D and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. violin & piano | intermediate level | F major

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano a Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. trombone & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trombone with piano Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice or in this case instrument. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. French horn & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for French horn with pian Show More...

Lullaby or Cradle Song by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for French horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices the music is usually transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice or in this case instrument. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. trumpet in Bb & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trumpet in Bb with Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. tenor saxophone & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone w Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. soprano saxophone & piano | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone w Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s int Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines with PlentyMusic piano accompaniments playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 & 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute which are available from the PlentyMusic website. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. violin & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has b Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum dating from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available from the PlentyMusic website. Violinists need to aiming to play with as beautiful a legato as possible aiming to phrase the music to communicate the beauty of the melodic line. This is also an excellent movement for players to work at improving tonal quality and tonal range in their playing. A movement that is quite long in respect to playing time but the fact that the melody is shared does enable each of the players to prepare for their solos. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The oboist shares the melody with the piano and there is no doubling of parts The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work to study the breathing and phrasing of the singers. This is also an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are additionally a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. Soprano players need to be aiming to play with a beautiful legato, planning their breathing carefully and aiming to phrase the music to communicate the beauty of the melodic line. It is an excellent movement for players to work at improving tonal quality and tonal range in their playing. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work to study the breathing and phrasing of the singers. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. clarinet in Bb & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s in Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Improve music practice routines by using PlentyMusic piano accompaniments playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute available from the PlentyMusic website. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. oboe & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention h Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38, 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339. As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Laudate Dominum arr. flute & piano

An intermediate level arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention h Show More...

An intermediate level arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Mozart’s Laudate Dominum which dates from 1780. The arranger’s intention has been to prepare a performance piece with the melody accompanied by the piano sounding arpeggiated chords and bass. This is classical music in the truest of senses. The realisation plays back at 36 dotted quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. Piano accompaniments are available playing back at 32, 34, 36, 38 40 and 42 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available. Flautists need to aiming to play with a beautiful legato, planning their breathing carefully and aiming to phrase the music to communicate the beauty of the melodic line. Additionally this is an excellent movement for flautists to work at improving tonal quality and tonal range in their playing. In the solo instrument with piano accompaniment arrangement the hidden empty staves option has used simply to reduce the number of pages required in printing the score. The text derived from the psalms suggests a prayer context which makes this an appropriate performance piece needed for a time of reflection. It is quite a long piece to play but sections where the piano has the melody gives the flautist the time and opportunity to prepare. The full title of the work by Mozart is Laudamus Dominum omnes gentes from Vesperae solemnes de confessor K.339 As there is a reduction in the musical texture some of the original musical content has been omitted. The rhythms of the melody are determined very much by the patterns of the latin text and it would sensible for instrumentalists to be familiar with a recording or two of the original version of the work to study the breathing and phrasing of the singers. This is an excellent piece to study to see how the composer resolves dissonance and makes use the circle of fifths in his harmonic choices. Mozart’s approach to composition is always very disciplined and studied but at the same time musical ideas are always expressed originally and imaginatively. Appoggiaturas (leaning notes) are also a strong feature. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. bassoon with piano accompaniment | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for clarinet with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. oboe with piano accompaniment | intermediate level

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for oboe with piano acc Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. in music history. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. flute with piano accompaniment | intermediate level | D

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano ac Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment the sounding key is D and the PlentyMusic realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by a different range of voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are also wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests at least learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and above all the imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approaches can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. flute with piano accompaniment | intermediate level | Eb

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano ac Show More...

Lullaby (or Cradle Song) by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical music repertoire. In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb and the PlentyMusic video sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western notated music. A movement that needs to be played and communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time in music history. As a song intended to be sung by a different range of voices the music is often transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are also wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests at least learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this particular time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and above all the imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approaches can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience. Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Lullaby (Weigenlied) Opus 49 No.4 arr. cello & piano | intermediate level | F major

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical / romantic music repertoire. In this arrangement for cello with piano accompan Show More...

Lullaby by J. Brahms is a famous and familiar melody from the classical / romantic music repertoire. In this arrangement for cello with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F and the PlentyMusic realisation of the sheet music score plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. One of the most beautifully shaped and sounding melodies to be found in the history of Western music. A movement that needs to be played to communicate simplicity even though there is a hint of something a little more complex in the lilting accompaniment. Improve music practice strategies with PlentyMusic pdf sheet music and mp3 accompaniment downloads playing at 72, 76, 80, 84 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with each being introduced by a two bar click beat. These are available from the PlentyMusic website. The piano accompaniments available are not as nuanced as an accompanist but do provide the opportunity for preparation for performance. The melody needs to be played legato and there is opportunity to use rubato or robbed time which is associated with the performance of music from this time. As a song intended to be sung by different voices there is the reality that the music is transposed to a key most appropriate for the voice. When setting the music for performance by a solo instrument there is often a choice of key options for that particular instrument. Where appropriate the music editor has made more than one option available. There are wide variations in tempo as to how the music is performed. The music editor suggests learning the movement at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet beats) to the minute. This is an excellent performance piece that can be played at a range of tempi and players should experiment with the tempo particularly in different acoustics and venues. As a familiar melody it needs to be learnt thoroughly and is an excellent piece for the soloist to memorise. This is a movement inviting interpretation during a performance. Players need to consider articulation, dynamic range and matters of tempo in their performances. An awareness of tempo rubato and its relevance to music performance in the romantic period would also be a valuable practical consideration. Pianists should be aiming for a legato touch in their playing and while use of the sustaining pedal is recommended markings are not indicated in the score. Formally the pattern of the music can be described as binary represented as ABAB The ornaments have been incorporated into the sheet music in the notation to add clarity of intention. Analysis reveals the simplicity of the movement from the harmonic point of view. The tonic, mediant, sub-dominant, dominant 7th and sub mediant chords in the scale all feature in either root position or an inversion. Analysis will help clarify how composers were so the reliant on the cycle of fifths at this time in music history. Brahms is an important and significant romantic composer associated with many large scale choral and instrumental works. Most of his music is technically very challenging to play. This song arrangement requires a relatively basic technique and is an excellent introduction to playing his music. Brahms was a family friend of the Schumann family and the connections between them are often referenced in commentaries, music works and performances. For those who have the time, skill set and imagination working the melody with a different accompaniment and stylistic approach can be a rewarding and broadening musical experience Re-invention is an important aspect of music making and PlentyMusic would be keen and willing to both listen and publish work in this category. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. trumpet in B flat (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the the trumpet player contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist plays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. viola (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for viola playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movement Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for viola playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the violist contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist plays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A viola part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. French horn (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for French horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent mo Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for French horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the French horn player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the French horn contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist plays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A French horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. English horn (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for English horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent m Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for English horn playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the horn player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the English horn contributes with voice 2 whilst the pianist cplays voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. clarinet in B flat (middle voice 2) & piano

J. S. Bach’s Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are exc Show More...

J. S. Bach’s Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb playing the middle voice and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve #musicpractice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the alto saxophonist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the clarinet player in Bb plays voice 2 with the pianist contributing voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. alto saxophone (middle voice 2) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for alto saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mus Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for alto saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines and strategies. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the alto saxophonist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. In this arrangement the alto saxophonist plays voice 2 with the pianist contributing with voices 1 and 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve musi Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for trumpet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the trumpet player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. Playing the voice 2 arrangement may well be an easier option In this arrangement the trumpet player plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voices 2 and 3 . The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. There is a one note octave transposition in bar 51 and oboists may choose to play the middle C in the previous bar an octave higher to keep the shape of the line/voice. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. violin and piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for violin and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music pract Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for violin and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the violinist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the violinist plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A violin part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. soprano saxophone in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the soprano saxophone player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the soprano saxophonist plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mus Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the clarinettist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the clarinet plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An clarinet part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. oboe & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for oboe and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practic Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arranged for oboe and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Piano accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the oboist the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the oboe plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. There is a one note octave transposition in bar 51 and oboists may choose to play the middle C in the previous bar an octave higher to keep the shape of the line/voice. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 arr. flute & piano.

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 by J.S. Bach arranged for flute and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music pra Show More...

Sinfonia 11 BWV 797 by J.S. Bach arranged for flute and piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. The Sinfonia 11 is in the key of Gm is a melancholy and appealing movement with some attractive rhythmic and melodic figuration. Accompaniments playing at 30, 32, 34 and 36 dotted quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic giving the flute player the opportunity of playing in an ensemble. For this arrangement it would be fine for any of the accompaniments for Sinfonia 11 in the key of G minor to be used so that a mix and match approach is possible. In this arrangement the flute plays voice 1 with the piano contributing with voice 2 and voice 3. The realisation plays back at 32 dotted quarter note beats or crotchet beats to the minute. A flute part is appended to the full music score that can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website. There is just one octave transposition in bar 51 and flautists may choose to play the middle C in the previous bar an octave higher to keep the shape of the line/voice. The sinfonias are excellent movements to develop and improve ensemble playing. There is a considerable melodic range in the three voices with each having a range of close to two octaves. Playing such ranges encourages the development of good intonation (playing in tune) and will make players aware of the importance of quality of tone. This particular movement is a very good test of ensemble playing particularly because of the tied notes across the bar lines and the imaginative rhythmic and melodic figuration that features in the movement. To fully appreciate the rhythmic fluidity of the movement instrumentalists should experience playing the movement in an ensemble. This fluidity in the rhythmic shapes possibly part explains one of the reasons why Bach’s music is often adapted and played by jazz musicians. Rehearsal marks are in place at bars 17, 33, 48 and 65 on the music score although the music editor suggests that in music of this style players will know immediately when they not quite together. While this music sounds emotional and encourages an emotional response to listeners it needs to be performed in quite objectively. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music score although those familiar with the performance practice of baroque music may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences and on some of the long notes. Keyboard instruments from the Bach era were not able to sustain long notes and ornaments, particularly trills, were used to create a continuous sound. Performance practice issues can often be complex in music but a guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices when appropriate. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias would have been mainly played on the keyboard instruments of Bach’s time available in the home which may have included the clavichord and harpsichord. The organ which is also a keyboard instrument but required the need for a person to operate the bellows and was essentially a church instrument The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation and sequence feature strongly in the writing. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendos with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences. Do make sure that your instrument is in tune before playing with an accompaniment. PlentyMusic realisations and accompaniments are pitched at A = 440 hertz. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. trumpet in B Flat (middle voice) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensembl Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the trumpet player plays the middle voice 2 whilst the pianist contributes with voices 1 and 3 The trumpet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note beats crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. clarinet in B Flat (middle voice) & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemb Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the clarinetist plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. English horn & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for English horn (Cor anglais) & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to im Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for English horn (Cor anglais) & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. An English horn (Cor anglais) part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the English horn (Cor anglais) plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The English horn (Cor anglais) and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. alto saxophone & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for alto saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensem Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for alto saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. An alto saxphone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the alto saxophonist plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The alto saxophone and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. viola & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for viola & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for viola & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve ensemble music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. A viola part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the violist plays the middle voice 2 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 1 and 3 The viola and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute Ornaments have been omitted in the music score although, those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the voices The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 76, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office more accompaniments are required with the tempo specified. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at cadences - bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music p Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for trumpet in Bb & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 sounds in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A trumpet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the trumpet player plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The trumpet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 76 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. violin & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for violin & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for violin & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A violin part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the violinist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The soprano saxophone and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mus Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for soprano saxophone & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the soprano saxophonist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The soprano saxophone and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. oboe & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for oboe & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice r Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for oboe & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. An oboe part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the oboist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The oboe and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23. Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in B Flat & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve mu Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for clarinet in B Flat & piano. The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration that can be played at a range of tempi. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the clarinetist plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano player contributes with voices 2 and 3 The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. Rits. are not in place at the cadences in these accompaniments although they might be appropriate in a live performance. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Score detail is usually omitted in music from the baroque era although there is scope to introduce crescendos and diminuendo’s with the rise and falls of the music and rits. and ralls are sometimes appropriate at the cadences in bars 7, 15 and 23 Close

Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arr. flute & piano

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for flute & piano The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice r Show More...

Bach J.S. Sinfonia 8 BWV 794 arranged for flute & piano The Sinfonia arrangements from PlentyMusic are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Download sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. The Sinfonia 8 in the key of F is a cheerful and appealing movement with some attractive figuration and a movement that can be played at a range of tempi. A flute part is appended to the full sheet music score. In this arrangement the flute plays the higher voice 1 whilst the piano contributes with voices 2 and 3 The flute and piano realisation plays back at 80 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Ornaments have been omitted in the preparing of this music scores although those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. A guiding principle is that the any ornaments introduced should be imitated in the other voices. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 72, 86, 80 and 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Tambourin arr. violin and piano

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for violin and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Ple Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for violin and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a concert piece. The choice of tempo, managing the figuration in the section from bars 51-57 and how the melody is articulated especially from bars 80–89 identify just some of the performance challenges and considerations. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at as brisk a tempo as possible. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience. There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 57 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semiquavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. A violin part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. oboe and piano.

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for oboe and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from Plenty Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for oboe and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a concert piece. The choice of tempo, managing the figuration in the section from bars 51-57 and how the melody is articulated especially from bars 80–89 identify just some of the performance challenges and considerations. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at as brisk a tempo as possible. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience. There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51-57 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semiquavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. An oboe part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. ? Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France. He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. soprano saxophone and piano.

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompanimen Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for soprano saxophone and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from PlentyMusic. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting a concert piece. The choice of tempo, managing the figuration in the section from bars 51-57 and how the melody is articulated especially from bars 80–89 identify just some of the performance challenges and considerations. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at as brisk a tempo as possible. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience. There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 57 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semiquavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. clarinet in Bb and piano.

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for flute and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from the Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for flute and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from the PlentyMusic website. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting the choice of tempo is concerned. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51- 5.7 The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Tambourin arr. flute and piano

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for flute and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from the P Show More...

F.J. Gossec’s Tambourin arranged for flute and piano. Improve music practice routines by downloading sheet music and piano accompaniments from the PlentyMusic website. A short but very appealing movement ideal as an encore for the competent soloist well warmed up and prepared to engage with the challenges of presenting the choice of tempo is concerned. The dance element is particular strong in French music and this is a dance inspired instrumental with a sectional structure has a strong repetitive element. The realisation plays back at 118 quarter note crotchet beats to the minute. The music editor has chosen not to indicate the tempo in the music score using an appropriate Italian term but players do need to play the movement at a brisk tempo. There is a modulation to the dominant key at bar 51 where some attention needs to be paid to playing the correct accidentals. A performance piece to challenge players to step up to advanced level standards although rhythmical and articulation aspects can be micro-managed in presenting the movement for performance to an audience There are some rhythmic options that can be explored in the section 51-57.The music editor suggests first playing the 7 bars as eighth note or quavers and then introducing rhythmic options and complexity of sixteenth notes, sixteenth note triplets and thirty second notes. (quavers, semi quavers and demisemiquavers!) Notes need to articulated clearly and particularly in the final section from bars 80 to 88 players may wish to play the sixteenth note semi quavers with a staccato touch. A flute part is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 112, 118, 124, 132 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. Gossec was a French composer and pupil of Rameau although little known outside France He composed symphonies, operas and is identified with the revival of instrumental music in France. A colleague of Cherubini he introduced and conducted the symphonies of Haydn in Paris. France has always enjoyed a strong reputation for the quality of its woodwind playing and woodwind teaching and not surprisingly many of its composers have explored this tradition in their creative. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. trumpet in B flat and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for trumpet in Bb & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The trumpet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. violin and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve #musicpractice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve #musicpractice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for violin & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values The violin and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Bach J. S. | Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. soprano saxophone and piano J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. Show More...

Bach J. S. | Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. soprano saxophone and piano J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for soprano saxophone & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for clarinet in Bb & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The clarinet in Bb and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. oboe and piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for oboe & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The oboe and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 4 BWV 790 arr. flute & piano

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 79 Show More...

J.S.Bach’s Sinfonias are excellent movements to improve music practice routines. An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 4 (BWV 790) for flute & piano. As there is a strong chromatic element in the writing careful attentions needs to be paid to the reading of the notes and particularly the note values in this melancholy movement. The flute and piano realisation plays back at 42 beats to the minute This is an excellent ensemble piece for developing good intonation (playing in tune). No ornaments are indicated in this arrangement. Those familiar with the performance practice of the baroque may choose to add ornaments particularly at cadences. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution, sequence. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. Piano accompaniments playing at 40, 42, 44 and 46 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute are available as mp3 downloads from PlentyMusic. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. violin and piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for violin and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for violin and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for trumpet in B flat and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for trumpet in B flat and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. soprano saxophone & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for soprano saxophone and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for soprano saxophone and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the sheet music score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. oboe & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for oboe and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music edi Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for oboe and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions regarding the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than in contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for clarinet in Bb and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. Th Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for clarinet in Bb and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions with regard to the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played, with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Sinfonia 5 BWV 791 arr. flute and piano

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for flute and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music e Show More...

An arrangement from PlentyMusic of J.S Bach’s Sinfonia 5 (BWV 791) for flute and piano. The movement should not be played too quickly. The music editor’s advice is that all playing need to have the clearest of intentions with regard to the articulation of the lines and the range of dynamics. Whilst movements need to be played with control there also needs to be a lightness in the playing approach. Ornaments have not been marked in the score but they can be added by players who are familiar with the performance practice of the time. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 56, 60, 64 and 68 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The recording quality is 256kbps and a two bar woodblock introduction gives a quarter note or crotchet beat pulse Players need to understand that the rhythmic shapes in the melody have a strong repetitive element which is familiar characteristic of music from this era. The tempo of the realisation is 60 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The movement needs to be played, with an awareness of a quarter note or crotchet pulse. This transcription keeps to original voicings and key although pitch levels in baroque times were lower than contemporary times. The Sinfonias were originally composed for harpsichord the keyboard instrument of J.S. Bach’s time although they do provide excellent ensemble material for various instrument combinations. The Sinfonias are works conceived for three voices and feature compositional processes very much associated with contrapuntal writing of the baroque era namely: repetition, inversion, imitation, augmentation, diminution. For all musicians it is important to understand these terms in both a playing and listening context. The 3 part Sinfonias and 2 part Inventions are excellent movement for developing listening skills in ensemble playing. Do make use of these and other resources available on the PlentyMusic website. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for oboe and piano

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene is scored for oboe with piano accompaniment. An oboe part is appended to the full sco Show More...

This intermediate level arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene is scored for oboe with piano accompaniment. An oboe part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for clarinet in B flat and piano

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A clarinet p Show More...

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for clarinet in B flat with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. A clarinet part is appended to the full score available as a pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Instrumentalists should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach. The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Cantilene from Organ Sonata No.11 Opus 148 arranged for flute and piano

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for flute with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. Rheinberger was a prolifi Show More...

This arrangement of Rheinberger’s Cantilene for flute with piano accompaniment is available with mp3 piano accompaniments. Rheinberger was a prolific composer and made a significant contribution to the organ music repertoire. Born in Liechtenstein he spent most of his life in Germany. He was also a distinguished teacher from the years he spent in Munich and Richard Strauss was just one of many distinguished pupils. J.G. Rheinberger is a name familiar to organists but like many church composers his music is not widely known outside the music world in which he worked. The Cantilena is the second movement of Rheinberger’s Organ Sonata No. 11 in D minor published as his Opus 148. The work was composed in 1888. Rheinberger was particularly influenced by J.S. Bach, F. Mendelssohn, R. Schumann and J. Brahms in his compositional approach. While the piece is reminiscent of Bach’s Arioso style the strong chromatic element in the writing belongs very much to its time identified as the late romantic period in music history. The arrangement is scored for flute with piano accompaniment whilst a flute part is appended to the full score available on the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 80, 84 and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. A beautifully crafted score this is really a late 19th century manifestation of a Bach chorale harmonisation with the influence of Brahms chromatic harmony. Apart from the beauty of the melody the counterpoint particularly in the inner parts of the accompaniment is a joy to explore. There are few dynamic markings in the score which is untypical of music scores of the time. The realisation plays back at 84 eighth note beats to the minute. Players should play with an awareness of the eighth note or quaver pulse. Performers would be wise to study the harmonic outline and examine the voice leading in the individual parts. Careful attention needs to be paid to the accidentals and tied notes in the score. The music scores available are often contradictory particularly in respect to the tied notes in the inner parts. The small ornamental notes do not always sound in realisations and are best omitted whilst the movement is being studied. Cantilena is an Italian/Latin word suggesting both lullaby and song. A movement that is intended to be played quietly in a sustained approach.The melody and inner parts need to be played with a legato whilst the bass line is played with a detached or staccato touch. This is an excellent movement for developing good intonation in ensemble playing. The pianist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment could also be played on the organ. The melody explores several rhythmic motifs often featuring tied notes. Much of the writing features off-beat rhythms related to the resolving of the dissonances in the inner parts. The influence of the Bach 4 part chorale harmonisation is paramount together with the chromatic harmony that can be readily identified in the music of J. Brahms. There are several arrangements available from the PlentyMusic website for both ensembles and solo instruments with piano accompaniment. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged trumpet in B flat and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trumpet in B flat with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A trumpet Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trumpet in B flat with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A trumpet in B flat part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged trombone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of G minor. A trombone part is Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for trombone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of G minor. A trombone part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged baritone saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for baritone saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A barito Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for baritone saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A baritone saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged tenor saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of Gm minor. A tenor sa Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of Gm minor. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged alto saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. An saxophone Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. An saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged soprano saxophone and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A soprano Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment sounding in the key of D minor. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged cello and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A cello part is appended to th Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for cello with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A cello part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged viola and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A viola part is appended to th Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for viola with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A viola part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged violin and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for violin with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged oboe and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor.Piano accompaniments are availabl Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for oboe with piano accompaniment in the key of E minor.Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged bassoon and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for bassoon with piano accompaniment in the key of G minor. Piano accompaniments are avai Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for bassoon with piano accompaniment in the key of G minor. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. A bassoon part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 47|94|47 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged clarinet in B Flat and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet with piano accompaniment in the key of D minor. A clarinet part appropriate Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for clarinet with piano accompaniment in the key of D minor. A clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Spanish Dance No.5 (Andaluza) arranged flute and piano

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. A flute part is appended to the full score which is a Show More...

Spanish Dance No. 5 by E. Granados from PlentyMusic arranged for flute with piano accompaniment. A flute part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 47|94|47, 50 |100|50 and 53|106|53 beats to the minute. This popular and appealing intermediate level movement dates from 1890 and its use of the phrygian scale gives it a characteristic Spanish identity. Granados (1867 - 1916) was a Catalan composer and his 12 Spanish Dances date from 1890. His music identifies so much with the sound world of Spain and he is often described as a nationalist composer. Interestingly much of his music is more familiar to audiences transcribed for classical guitar. Changing time signatures are a feature of the movement, with an emphasis on the second beat of the bar and the use of accents and pauses. Ostinato is a term that could be used to describe the accompaniment figuration that features strongly in the movement. An ostinato is a repeating pattern usually repeated through a composition. Both acciaccaturas (crushed notes) and appoggiaturas (leaning notes) feature in the arrangement. The Spanish Dance No. 5 is a very appealing work in ABA (ternary form) which was very much the composing default for instrumental compositions for the time described as the late romantic or nationalist era in music history. The tempo indication given by the composer in the piano score is Andantino, quasi Allegretto indicating a pulse of slightly more than a walking pace with the middle section marked Andante. These markings possibly suggest the music should be played at a faster tempo than demonstrated in the realisation which plays back at a tempo of 50|100|50 beats to the minute. The first and last section are in 6/8 time whilst the Andante B section is in 3/4 time. The slowing downs at the end of phrases and the return to a tempo or tempo primo are not indicated or marked in the music score although they are an important and necessary aspect of any performance as is the use of tempo rubato. Pauses which are often introduced in a performance also are not indicated in the accompaniments and realisations. This is a great movement for instrumental players to explore tempo. Ideally the first and last section should also be played at the same tempo adding an additional performance challenge. The music can be played and given a more dance like character if some of the melodic notes are played staccato. The music editor suggests that this is an aspect of performance that can be explored although the suggestion is that playing should never be too exaggerated. The last note in the arrangement can possibly be omitted. The music editor suggests it is in place as the dominant note of the succeeding Spanish Dance No. 6. Representing the Spanish musical elements in the staff notation system is a challenge and clearly some comprises are needed particularly in respect to the notation of scales, harmonic colour, dynamics, tempo and ornamentation. The essential elements of Spanish music are its dramatic character often achieved by modal shifts from minor to major and vice versa, its use of the phrygian scale and rhythms derived from the popular dance rhythms of its diverse and rich culture. When music that identifies with a country or region is presented in a notated music score there are comprises to be made in respect to representing the musical elements. The music editor always suggests listening to performances of music to have an understanding particularly of contemporary practice. Performers should also understand that there are some ambiguities, contradictions and often errors in the available printed music scores. This is an appealing piece of music with many challenges from the performance, music setting and analysis point of view. The composer was clearly challenging the musical boundaries of his time in respect to how the music of his nation could be represented as notated music. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin (higher octave) & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the higher octave and piano Gounod’s melody is playe Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the higher octave and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to over use the pedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and piano (lower octave)

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the lower octave and piano Gounod’s melody is played Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for violin playing at the lower octave and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violinist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. viola and piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for viola and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violist while the Bac Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for viola and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the violist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. cello & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for cello and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the cellist while the Bac Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for cello and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the cellist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the trumpet playe Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the trumpet player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of F. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. French horn (horn in F) & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for French horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the French horn pla Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for French horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the French horn player while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. tuba & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tuba and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the tuba while the Bach Pr Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tuba and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the tuba while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. bass trombone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bass trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the bass tromb Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bass trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the bass trombone player while the Bach Prelude No.1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. trombone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the trombone player wh Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the trombone player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of F. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. tenor horn & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the tenor player Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the tenor player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of Bb. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. baritone horn & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the baritone p Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone horn and piano Gounod’s melody is played on by the baritone player while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the key of F. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. English horn (cor anglais) & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano Gounod’s melody is played on the English horn while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. baritone saxophone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the baritone Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the baritone saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. tenor saxophone and piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the tenor saxop Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the tenor saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the original key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. alto saxophone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the alto saxopho Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the alto saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music sounds in the key of B flat.. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68 and 70 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. soprano saxophone & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the soprano s Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophone and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the soprano saxophonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed to the Key of F which is more appropriate in respect to the pitch range of the soprano saxophone. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently particularly in respect to the last four bars. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. bassoon & piano (C)

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while th Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music is in the key of C and the bassoon part is notated in the tenor clef. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. bassoon & piano (F)

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while t Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the bassoonist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed from the key of C to F which is more suitable key in respect to exploring the range of the bassoon. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the clarinetist Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the clarinetist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed from the key of C to F which is more suitable key in respect to exploring the range of the clarinet. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. oboe & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the oboist while the Bach Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the oboist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has been transposed from the key of C to G which is more suitable key in respect to exploring the best instrumental range of the oboe. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long without a repeat. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view not that any are indicated in the PlentyMusic score. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are also as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to overpedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences, performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. flute & piano

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for flute and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Ba Show More...

In this arrangement of the Bach - Gounod “Ave Maria” from PlentyMusic for flute and piano Gounod’s melody is played by the flautist while the Bach Prelude No. 1 is played by the pianist. The music has is in the key of C. There is no definitive edition of the work and there are countless melodic variants so do expect to hear the movement played differently. Gounod’s arrangement has an extra bar (bar 27) than Bach’s original Prelude in C which has a total of 35 bars. In Gounod’s arrangement the first 4 bars are repeated making it 40 bars long. Gounod’s melody if time allows should be internalised by the flautists so that players they can concentrate on the tonal and interpretative aspects of their performance which in time will enable them to make the movement their own. The performance focus should always be on communicating the beauty of the melody in a legato singing style. The music editor suggests avoiding any exaggerated playing or eccentricities from the ornamentation point of view. There are many different interpretations of the Gounod arrangement particularly as to how the dotted notes are played and the pick-up or anacrusis notes in the section from bar 23 to bar 28. There are as many different endings to the movement as there are performances - deciding how the last 4 notes /4 bars are to be played is a topic in itself. In making a decision players should essentially consider the range of the instrument they are playing. Some of the tied notes can be/and are untied in the closing section particularly by brass players and other instrumentalists playing at a slow tempo. The best advice is to listen to contemporary practice and on the basis of the evidence make your own decision. Rhythmically the accompaniment needs to be played by the pianist in an even and as controlled way as possible. Pianists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal and its use is indicated in the opening bars and the pattern although not indicated should continue through the movement. The best rule to follow when using the sustaining pedal is simply not to over use the pedal and obscure the clarity of the harmony. Piano accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads playing at 63, 66, 68, 70 and 72 beats per minute (bpm). Pitch is at A = 440 hertz and the recording quality is 256kbps which will allow the recordings to be amplified and used in performances, teaching and practice contexts. Originally published as a Meditation on Prelude No. 1 by J. S. Bach the music appeared in 1859 with a text setting of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria” which has become widely known and performed both as an instrumental and vocal solo. Whilst Bach is a baroque composer Gounod, a French composer, known particularly for his operas belongs to the romantic period in music history. The movement is frequently performed at weddings and funerals as well as being an excellent concert piece. As this movement is so familiar to audiences performers cannot afford to even go near playing a wrong note never mind actually playing one! Close

Ave Maria arr. trombone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for trombone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 32 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling trombonists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. trumpet in B Flat and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for trumpet in Bb and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling trumpet players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. French horn (horn in F) and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for French horn (horn in F) and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the sheet music score score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling horn players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute and are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. cello and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for cello and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling cellists players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. In this instance cellists players have the option of playing through the repeat an octave higher. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. violin and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for violin and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung, particularly for weddings, nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling violinists players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. In this instance violinists players have the option of playing through the repeat an octave higher. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. viola and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMus Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for viola and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling violists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. In this instance violists have the option of playing through the repeat an octave higher. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. baritone saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for baritone saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling baritone saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Baritone players have the option of playing the repeat at the octave. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMus Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tenor saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling tenor saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. alto saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for alto saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling alto saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for soprano saxophone and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling soprano saxophone players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. English horn (cor anglais) and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for English horn and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's "Ave Maria" can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling English horn players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. English horn players have the options of playing the repeat at the octave. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. tuba and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate/ advanced level arrangement from Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825. This intermediate/ advanced level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tuba and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling tuba players to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. trumpet in B Flat and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano is in the key Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trumpet in Bb and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A trumpet in Bb is appended to the full music score on the pdf download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. alto saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano is in the ke Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for alto saxophone and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full music score on the pdf available to download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Ave Maria arr. oboe and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for oboe and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling oboists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. bassoon and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusi Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic is for bassoon and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling bassoonists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Ave Maria arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic Show More...

Ave Maria is one of the most beautiful melodies from the romantic era composed by Schubert in 1825 This intermediatelevel arrangement from PlentyMusic is for clarinet in Bb and piano. This song was composed by Schubert in 1825 as part of a song cycle based on Walter Scott’s The Lady of the Lake. Most performances that are sung nowadays make use of the text of the Latin prayer “Ave Maria.” The work is identified as Schubert’s Opus 52 No.6 D.839. As an instrumental arrangement of Ave Maria the barring has been made appropriate for instrumentalists to read. Whilst the melody and accompaniment does sound very on the ear and suggests that it is an easy piece of music to play there are several technical and musical challenges to be overcome before Schubert's Ave Maria can be played both competently and confidently. The playback tempo in the realisation is 36 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute (bpm) although the music editor suggests that it is probably best to learn the movement with an awareness of an eighth note or quaver pulse. The tempo marking in Schubert’s score is Sehr langsam which means very slow. Singers do frequently take a slower tempo than instrumentalists. The tempo indication in the PlentyMusic instrumental arrangements is Largo. Whilst use of the sustaining pedal is suggested the pedal markings are only indicated in the first bar and are then hidden in the video score. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads from the PlentyMusic website enabling clarinetists to enjoy an ensemble experience as part of their daily practice routine. They are available with and without repeats and play at 32, 36, and 40 quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256kbps. The sheet music scores do have the repeats indicated so instrumentalists not playing the repeat will need to play the second ending in the score. One of the greatest challenges in music is playing a repeat simply because playing the same music again requires much greater concentration. If you play something through once logic suggests that it will be easier to play when repeated although this does not always prove to be the case. Young musicians need to be aware of this. Instrumentalists need to have a clear understanding and intention as to how the melody is to be played particularly from the rhythmic point of view. The cross rhythms, dotted notes, triplet figuration and ornaments all present challenges. The melody itself needs to be played in a legato or singing style. Players need to be always conscious and aware of the triplet figuration played in the accompaniment. The ornaments are indicated with symbols in the sheet music score but are written out in the video score which can be referenced on our YouTube channel. In bars 4 and 5 the third beat melody notes can be played as quarter notes (crotchets) and the challenges of playing the short essentially ornamental notes can be added later. If you have any feedback to give about the score or require an accompaniment with a different tempo please do contact PlentyMusic either by email or LiveChat. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. baritone saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano is in th Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for baritone saxophone and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A baritone saxophone part is appended to the full music score on the pdf available to download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano is in the k Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for tenor saxophone and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A tenor saxophone part is appended to the full music score on the pdf available to download. Piano accompaniments are also available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. violin and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for violin and piano is in the original k Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for violin and piano is in the original key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A violin part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. cello and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for cello and piano is in the original ke Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for cello and piano is in the original key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A cello part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. oboe and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano is in the key of A min Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for oboe and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. An oboe part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. viola & piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for viola and piano is in the key of A mi Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for viola and piano is in the key of A minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A viola part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. trombone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano is in the key of E Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for trombone and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A trombone part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. English horn (cor anglais) and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for English horn (cor anglais) and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. An English horn part, appropriately transposed, is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophpne and piano is in the Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for soprano saxophpne and piano is in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full music score. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly regarding tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. bassoon & piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano is in the key of Am Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for bassoon and piano is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor whilst a bassoon part is appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece.The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 68, 70, 72, 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that repeat markings are not shown in the sheet music score. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano sounds in th Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for clarinet in Bb and piano sounds in the key of E minor and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music is in the original key of E minor whilst a clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in the strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared. The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 66, 68, 70, 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Note that a repeat marking is not shown in the sheet music score. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Invitación (Invitation) arr. flute and piano

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for flute accompanied by piano is in the Show More...

Invitación by I. Cervantes is a short attractive work. This intermediate level arrangement from PlentyMusic for flute accompanied by piano is in the key of Am and features the Cuban habanera pattern. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor and a flute part is appended to the full music score. It is an excellent piece for developing ensemble playing encouraging players to listen to both their own playing and the playing of others. The chromatic notes and modal shifts also make it challenging to play absolutely together. The music editor suggests that it is the ideal competition or test piece. The rhythmic patterns need to be secure and possibly learnt by clapping and tapping drills particularly in the context of an ensemble performance. There is surprising intensity in the music of Cervantes created by the tonal/modal ambivalence and by the many accidentals in what are strong contrapuntal lines. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been made in the solo melody line to keep to the best and most appropriate range for the instrument. Most of Cervantes movements are very short and benefit from being played through twice. The music editor has not actually made use of repeat signs in the music scores that have been prepared.The tempo of the score is marked Moderato with the movement able to be played at a range of tempi from around 64 to 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement the realisation plays back at 68 quarter note beats to the minute. The performance practice of the music of Cervantes varies particularly with regard to tempo and the use of rubato (speeding up and slowing down) and does not benefit from the same tradition of playing as movements by more mainstream composers. The advice is simply to listen and learn from the recordings that are available. Whilst there is the scope for more flexibility in performance than demonstrated by the realisations the music editor suggests the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and composed many short pieces for the piano most of which are imbued with the rhythms and colour of his homeland. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in his music. Piano accompaniments are available playing at 66, 68, 70, 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. They are recorded at 256 kbps and the music is played through twice. A click track is used to give the tempo of the movement on the mp3 accompaniment. Please note that a repeat marking is not shown in the sheet music score. Please do let us hear and share your live performances which can be forwarded as mp3 and mp4 files to the PlentyMusic Office. Just advise us by email that you have a recording to share. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. oboe and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for oboe and piano enables players to develop tone, art Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for oboe and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for oboe accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano enables players to deve Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for soprano saxophone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano enables players to develo Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for tenor saxophone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. baritone saxophone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for baritone saxophone and piano enables players to dev Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for baritone saxophone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for baritone saxophone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. violin and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for violin and piano enables players to develop tone, a Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for violin and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for violin accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music is in the original key of E minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. marimba & piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for marimba) and piano enables players to develop a sen Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for marimba) and piano enables players to develop a sense of ensemble in their playing. The arrangement is scored for marimba accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. trumpet in B Flat and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano enables players to develop Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for trumpet in Bb accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. horn in F (French horn) and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for horn in F (French horn) and piano enables players t Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for horn in F (French horn) and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for horn in F (French horn) accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. trombone and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trombone and piano enables players to develop tone, Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for trombone and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for trombone accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Gm minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. English horn (Cor Anglais) and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for English horn and piano enables players to develop Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for English horn and piano enables players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for English horn accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 80 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Am minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. cello and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for cello and piano enables cellists to develop tone, a Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for cello and piano enables cellists to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for cello accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music is in the original key for the work E minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. viola and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for viola and piano enables viola players to develop to Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for viola and piano enables viola players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for viola accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to Am minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. bassoon and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for bassoon and piano enables bassoon players to develo Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for bassoon and piano enables bassoon players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for bassoon accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano enables clarinet players t Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano enables clarinet players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for clarinet in Bb accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to G minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) arr. flute and piano

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for flute and piano enables flute players to develop to Show More...

Los Tres Golpes by the Cuban composer Cervantes explores the habanera pattern. The arrangement for flute and piano enables flute players to develop tone, articulation and dynamic range in their playing. The arrangement is scored for flute accompanied by the piano. The realisation for Los Tres Golpes (The Three Knocks) is presented with a repeat played which is common when Cervantes music is performed. The playback tempo is 84 bpm. The sheet music scores has a repeat in place although this is an editorial addition. The music has been transposed from the original key of E minor to A minor. The movement can be played at a variety of tempo although the music editor suggests that it is easier to decide when the movement is being played too slowly rather than too quickly! The choice of tempo is dependent on the instrument combination, the performance context and the acoustic of the recording or performance venue. Accompaniments are available playing at 80, 84 and 88bpm. They are recorded at 256kbps. There is scope to explore tempo rubato in a performance. These miniatures provide excellent playing material for players because they provide so many of the musical elements that feature in Cuban music. whether in art music, folk or a popular music context. Cervantes was a composer and musician who assimilated the music elements of his home country in all his work. As he studied music formally in Cuba and in Europe his music is generally presented in a way that lends itself to being arranged in the traditions of the Western music tradition. The contrapuntal element in his music is very strong and whereas formally Cervantes always has clear melodic and harmonic direction musical ideas are presented in a sectional context which are generally repeated. The suggestion is of a very quick and inventive mind particularly regarding his use of the habanera pattern. The melodic line in its original form for piano has a broad range (more than 3 octaves) and for many of the arrangements it is necessary to utilise octave transpositions to enable the most appropriate range of the featured solo instrument to be explored. For those interested in the voicing of the composer’s original score download the piano version which is available as a free score. The original PlentyMusic context for this movement was in the Ragtime and Relations Area of Study in which the focus was exploring syncopated rhythms including the habanera pattern. In 2021, the scores have been reviewed and a number of additional arrangements have been added to the PlentyMusic website. Do feedback to PlentyMusic comments about the scores and particularly the octave transpositions that could possibly be re-considered in the light of performances. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. cello and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for cello with piano accompanim Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for cello with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. viola and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for viola with piano accompanim Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for viola with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. violin and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for violin with piano accompani Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for violin with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. soprano saxophone and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for soprano saxophone with pian Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. tenor saxophone and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tenor saxophone with piano Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. alto saxophone and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for alto saxophone with piano a Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. bassoon and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for bassoon with piano accompan Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for bassoon with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for clarinet in Bb with piano a Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. oboe and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for oboe with piano accompanime Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for oboe with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic shapes that feature in Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) arr. flute and piano

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for flute with piano accompanim Show More...

Adiós A Cuba (Farewell to Cuba) is one of Ignacio Cervantes most popular works. This arrangement from PlentyMusic is for flute with piano accompaniment. It features many of the rhythmic patterns characteristic of Cuban music. It is an excellent movement to encourage rhythmic accuracy and developing a sense and awareness of pulse in ensemble music making. The rhythmic shapes need to be possibly learnt and made secure by being clapped/tapped. In the opening section with the strong repetitive element players should be aiming at tonal and dynamic contrast in their playing of the repeating motif. There are some idiomatic rhythmic shapes in the writing whilst the musical texture lends itself to being very suitable for arrangement as an ensemble piece. This is music that features modal shifts and elements of chromaticism. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute. This is music that allows for subtle tempo changes in performance whether it be speeding up, slowing down or returning to an “a tempo” marking. Whilst rits. or slowing down feature in the realisation the accelerando though marked is ignored. There is an opportunity to perhaps to included pauses in the music at bars 17 and 33 although they are not indicated in the scores. In the video score the instrument parts are notated at written pitch. Octave transpositions have been explored in the lines to keep to the most appropriate ranges of instruments. Players may well want to explore octave ranges of the instrument they are playing. The music editor suggests downloading the free piano sheet music score from the website to understand the relative pitch elements of the music score. Ignacio Cervantes was born in Havana, Cuba and this is one of his most popular pieces and melancholy in character. The habanera rhythmic pattern features strongly in the music of the composer who mostly composed for the piano. His piano pieces tend to be quite short but are idiomatic and imbued with the colours and rhythms of his home country. The solo Instrumental part is appended to the full music score which can be downloaded as a pdf. Piano accompaniments are available playing at tempi of 56, 58 and 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and can be downloaded as mp3 files recorded at 256kbps quality. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. soprano saxophone and piano

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment is available from PlentyMusic. Piano accompaniments are also available. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full score which can download from the website. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. violin and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompanime Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment is available to download available from PlentyMusic. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A violin part is appended to the full score which is available as a pdf download from PlentyMusic. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. clarinet in A and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with pia Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this is an intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A clarinet in A part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the flute and piano realisation is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in Eb D.335 arr. baritone saxophone and piano

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for baritone saxophone with pian Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in Eb by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for baritone saxophone with piano accompaniment is available from PlentyMusic. Piano accompaniments are also available. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A baritone saxophone part is appended to the full score which can download from the website. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. bassoon and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for bassoon with piano accompanim Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment is available from PlentyMusic. Piano accompaniments are also available. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. A bassoon part is appended to the full score which can download from the website. Close

Minuet and Trio in E arr. cello and piano D.335

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for cello with piano accompanimen Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this intermediate level arrangement for cello with piano accompaniment is available to download from PlentyMusic. A cello part is also appended to the full score. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations and players would be wise to explore the question and answer aspect of this piece. The movement originates as a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. tenor saxophone and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 by Franz Schubert is an excellent intermediate level performance piece. This arrangement is for tenor saxophone wi Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 by Franz Schubert is an excellent intermediate level performance piece. This arrangement is for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment. A tenor saxophone part is also appended to the full score. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the flute and piano realisation is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles Close

Minuet and Trio in E Flat D.335 arr. clarinet in B flat and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano is at the intermed Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E Flat by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano is at the intermediate level work. A cello part is appended to the full score that is available for download from PlentyMusic. Whilst described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows. Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the flute and piano realisation is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet and Trio in E D.335 arr. flute and piano

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for flute and piano is an intermediate level work. Show More...

The Minuet and Trio in E by Franz Schubert is an excellent performance piece and this arrangement for flute and piano is an intermediate level work. Whilst the work is described as a Minuet with two Trios only the second Trio has been used in this arrangement. Minuet and Trio are performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. A flute part is appended to the full score which can be downloaded as pdf file from the PlentyMusic website. Three piano accompaniments playing at 112, 116 and 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute are also available enabling players to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. In a performance the Minuet and Trio should be performed as follows Minuet AABB | Trio AABB | Minuet AB. The playback tempo of the chamber music scores is 120 quarter note beats to the bar whilst both the Minuet and Trio are played at the same tempo. Legato playing is required in the playing of the Trio section. Many of the melodic ideas from the music from the classical and romantic era can be understood to be almost like conversations. The movement was originally a work for solo piano. The triplet figuration is a prominent feature in the melodic line which has a range of two octaves in essentially a two, three sometimes four-part texture. The small ornamental notes in bar 41 do not sound in the realisation and possibly are best not added until the movement can be played competently. This an excellent movement for developing the playing of a range of different articulations. Players should explore the dynamic element in their performances exploring contrasting dynamics. A movement with clarity of intention particularly in respect to its rhythmic detail. Regular 8 bar phrases feature predominantly. The pause marks indicated in the sheet music score are an aspect of the score detail that can be explored in a live performance. The compositional basis of much music from the classical era is concerned with the exploration of contrast. This is a feature that can be readily identified in the music of Schubert. There are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website featuring a range of instruments and ensembles. Close

Minuet in A arr. cello and piano D.334

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. Show More...

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website.The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score whilst the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. A part for the cello is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. violin and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score with the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet being a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. It is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the violin is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. tenor saxophone and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire that needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the tenor saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. alto saxophone and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire that needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the alto saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat arr. soprano saxophone and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a qu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation and has been transposed down a semitone to the key of Ab. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is a hidden gems of the music repertoire and needs to played and become better known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the soprano saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. bassoon and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the bassoon is appended to the full score in the pdf download. The part utilises both the bass and the tenor clefs. Close

Minuet in A arr. clarinet in A and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and their audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the clarinet in A is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A Flat D.334 arr. clarinet in B Flat and piano D.334

Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. The Minue Show More...

Schubert’s Minuet D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager! Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony.The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. A part for the clarinet in Bb is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. oboe and piano D.334

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. Show More...

Schubert’s Minuet in A D.334 is a hidden gem of the music repertoire and needs to played to become better known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement, there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score whilst the falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No piano pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. A part for the oboe is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Minuet in A arr. flute and piano D.334

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schu Show More...

The Minuet is performed without the written repeats sounding in the realisation. This is a quite enchanting movement demonstrating how much Franz Schubert related to chamber music playing. The arrangements keep close to Schubert’s original score although when necessary there are some octave transpositions to keep to a convenient range of the solo instrument. The falling melodic shape / motif at the end of the Minuet is a lovely challenge for performers to deliver with delicacy and musicality. Whilst originally a solo work for piano it is an excellent movement for developing an understanding of musical texture from the historical period around 1820. The music editor suggests a one to the bar feel in performance. A tempo of 56 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the bar is used in the realisation. One of the most challenging aspect of performing this Minuet is distinguishing the notes that are tied from the ones that are slurred. Players should be aiming for a legato in their playing and the avoidance of any exaggerated playing. The playing challenge is to communicate the simplicity of the movement as musically as possible. Composers are often in their “best to understand” mode in what many might consider are relatively easy pieces of music to play. Simplicity is often when they are at their clearest and this can be revealing in understanding and making sense of how to play more challenging works. This work was originally composed for piano with the suggested date for the composition being 1816 establishing it as the work of a teenager. Piano accompaniments with the score repeats played, are available, over a range of tempi and are available as mp3 downloads. No pedalling is indicated in the music score although its use is appropriate. The pedalling should not be too heavy and pedal points should relate to changes in the harmony. The tempo of the minuet and the trio section is the same in the realisation. This is not always the case in Minuet and Trio playing. This is one of those hidden gems in the music repertoire that needs to played and become known by instrument players and audiences. An ideal concert even encore movement. there are many arrangements to be discovered on the PlentyMusic website. A part for the flute is appended to the full score in the pdf download. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. violin, cello & piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for violin, violoncello and piano has a playback tempo of 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the violin and violoncello and in the final section between the piano and violin. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the violin and violoncello are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. clarinet in B Flat, bass clarinet and piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for clarinet in Bb, bass clarinet and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed down a tone and sounds in the key of A minor. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet and in the final section between the piano and clarinet in Bb. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet in Bb player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the two clarinets appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed down a tone and sounds in the key of A minor. There are some octave transpositions in the tenor saxophone part. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the soprano and tenor saxophone and in the final section between the piano and soprano saxophone. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the tenor saxophone and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a soprano saxophone player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the soprano saxophone and tenor saxophone appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. clarinet in A, cello & piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for clarinet in A, violoncello and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The music has been transposed down a tone and sounds in the key of A minor. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the clarinet and violoncello and in the final section between the piano and clarinet in A. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet in A player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the clarinet in A appropriately transposed and violoncello are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. oboe, cello & piano

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested b Show More...

A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The arrangement for oboe, violoncello and piano has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. The imitation in this movement is shared first between the oboe and violoncello and in the final section between the piano and oboe. The trio versions are strong simply because the contrasting timbres enable the musical ideas and imitation to be communicated more readily. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available as mp3 downloads featuring the violoncello and piano parts playing at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This enables a clarinet player to incorporate ensemble playing into their practice routines. The accompaniments are recorded at 256kbps. Parts for the oboe and violoncello are appended to the full score. Close

Study in Canon No.5 arr. two pianos

Debussy’s two piano arrangement of Schumann’s original version for pedal piano. The pedal piano was an instrument used by organists as a practice Show More...

Debussy’s two piano arrangement of Schumann’s original version for pedal piano. The pedal piano was an instrument used by organists as a practice instrument. A quite vivid movement although one isn’t sure what Schumann’s original intention is endeavouring to describe although from the music view a march pattern is suggested both by the time signature and the musical ideas. The two piano version has a playback tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo direction in the score is to play the movement “Not too fast.” A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No.5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available featuring the Piano 1 sounding on one side of the stereo channel and Piano 2 on the other. They play at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling the pianists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of their routine. Close

Study in Canon No.5 Opus 56 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The piano duet or music for piano 4 hands version has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the descr Show More...

The piano duet or music for piano 4 hands version has a playback tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. A canon arises in the description of a musical piece simply because musical ideas are imitated by another voice or instrument. It doesn’t necessarily describe the overall form or structure of a piece. The Study in Canon No. 5 is in three sections ABA’ with Section B beginning at bar 37 and the varied repeat of A at bar 83. Understand that the canonic element in Schumann’s time references all the musical elements and not just pitch: dynamics, articulation, ornamentation are all part of the canonic process. The crushed notes or acciaccaturas are a prominent musical feature. This is essentially a study in the articulation of short notes and occasional longer notes. Compositional process is evident from bar 49 where the canonic element involves inversion. This is a challenging music setting to engrave and prepare for print mainly because the score has so much detail which is not easy to represent with clarity on the sheet music page. Accompaniments are available featuring the primo part sounding on one side of the stereo channel and the secondo on the other. They play at 92, 96, 100 and 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute enabling the pianists to incorporate ensemble practice as part of their routine. Close

Study in Canon No. 1 arr. violin, cello and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s orig Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part to keep to the instrument’s range. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the home page the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the violin player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No. 1 arr. soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s ori Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the oboe player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No. 1 trio version arr. oboe, cello and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s ori Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part to keep to the instrument’s range. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the oboe player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the oboe player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they playback at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No.1 arr clarinet in A , cello & piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s orig Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the clarinet in A player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they play back at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No.1 arr. clarinet in B flat, bass clarinet and piano

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s orig Show More...

Kirchner’s trio arrangements of Schumann's 6 Studies in Canon are an additional exploration of the textural and timbral element of Schumann’s original writing. The trio realisation plays back at 72 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The tempo indication is to play the movement “Not too quickly” which be played in quite a broad tempo range. In the video score, which can be found by clicking the YouTube link on the PlentyMusic home page, the ornaments have been written out to add clarity to what often is an ambiguous area. The PlentyMusic solution is not intended to be prescriptive but the suggestions are based on the best of current performance practice. The ornaments can be omitted and this is probably sensible when the movement is first being studied. Accompaniments are available from the PlentyMusic website in mp3 format that enable the clarinet in Bb player to explore the movement as an ensemble piece. Recorded at 256kbps quality they play back at 64, 68, 72, 76 and 80 quarter note beats to the minute. The rhythmic detail requires some attention particularly with the tied notes across the bar line creating what are syncopated patterns. Pianists may well make of use the sustaining pedal, particularly in the section from bar 25, although its use is not indicated in the sheet in the sheet music score. Schumann’s 6 Studies in Canon Opus 56 exist in several arrangements for many different instrument combinations and are well worth exploring particular as an introduction to chamber music playing. Close

Study in Canon No.1 arr. two pianos

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in this work composed at a time that Schumann was Show More...

A movement with beauty, shape and a sense of space. The imitation principle is understandably strong in this work composed at a time that Schumann was intent on restoring rigour and contrapuntal discipline in his compositional approach. Whilst this music references the past there is a romantic twist or two in the harmonic language. A tempo of 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is used in the realisation. Trills begin on the note and have been written out in the video score. Understand that the melodic and rhythmic shapes of the ornaments are constant throughout the whole movement. Schumann’s Canonic Studies were composed in 1845 for pedal piano and subsequently many other arrangements have been created. The two piano parts piano 1 and piano 2 can be also be downloaded as an mp3 accompaniment enabling players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the piano 1 or piano 2. Piano 1 sounds on one side of the stereo channel and piano 2 part on the other. The accompaniments play at 64, 68, 72,76 and 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a 2 bar click beat before the music starts playing. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. trumpet in B Flat, trombone & piano

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expandi Show More...

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music to be enjoyed by a chamber group. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 64 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the trumpet in Bb player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a trombone and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. violin, cello and piano

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different ins Show More...

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different instrument combinations. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to on the trio video scores on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound in the piano part. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the oboe player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a cellist and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. clarinet in A, cello and piano

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different ins Show More...

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different instrument combinations. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to one of the video scores on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound in the piano part. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the oboe player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a cellist and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. clarinet in B Flat, bass clarinet and piano

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expandi Show More...

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music to be enjoyed by a chamber group. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the clarinet in Bb player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a bass clarinet and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. soprano saxophone, tenor saxophone and piano

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expandi Show More...

This version has been transposed down a semitone from the original key of B to Bb. T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music to be enjoyed by a chamber group. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on our PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the soprano saxophone player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a tenor saxophone and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Study in Canon No.6 Opus 56 arr. oboe, cello and piano

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different ins Show More...

T. Kirchner, arranged the six Schumann’s Studies in Canon expanding the original concept into music that can be enjoyed by a number of different instrument combinations. This is a quiet slow movement in reflective mood with a compositional approach that is vocal in style and reminiscent of Bach’s 4 part chorale writing although with chromatic romantic harmony. The melody is not always in the top line and as in 4 part chorale writing it is the tenor line that often needs to be prominent. The second middle section is presented as a fugal exposition. The final section is introduced by a dotted rhythm as an upbeat in bar 32 and returns to the mood and style of the first section although this final section has more contrast and is more dramatic. The realisation plays back at 60 quarter note beats to the minute with the tempo is marked adagio in the score. This is a challenging movement from the music reading point of view because of the chromaticism and tied notes. For those wishing to see how the ornaments in the realisation are played refer to the video score on the PlentyMusicCo YouTube channel. Simply click the link on the PlentyMusic home page and search for the score. Trills begin on the note. The final chord should be spread evenly from the lowest to the highest sound in the piano part. There are many arrangements of this particular movement and the music editor suggests that along with Schumann’s other Studies in Canon they are ideal works to introduce intermediate level players to chamber music playing. Accompaniments are available enabling the oboe player to explore and develop their ensemble skills. Four accompaniments are available in the tempo range from 58 to 64 quarter beats to the minute. Do advise the Plenty Music Office if you are playing with a cellist and require just the piano sounding in the accompaniment. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. tenor saxophone and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Co Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. soprano saxophone and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Co Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are in this category. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 100 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 92 and Accompaniment 5 at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. cello and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 100 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 92 and Accompaniment 5 at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. bassoon and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 92 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 100 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 92 and Accompaniment 5 at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. clarinet in Bb and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. oboe & piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Rondeau from Sonata Concertata Opus 61 arr. flute and piano

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Con Show More...

This movement is an arrangement of music that was originally composed for the violin and guitar. The third movement of Niccolo Paganini’s Sonata Concertata essentially has the form and mood of a rondo which are typically found as the final movement of a concerto. This is an appealing uplifting joyful movement with challenges for both the solo player and accompanist. The realisation plays back at 96 dotted quarter notes to the minute and the movement can be performed in a tempo range from 88 to 104 dotted quarter notes to the minute. There is still much repertoire to be discovered and shared from existing music and Paganini’s compositions for violin and guitar are part of this legacy. Legato playing is to be encouraged and solo instrument players need to consider how they play the sections where the piano accompaniment has the dominant musical material. There is opportunity to perhaps ornament and decorate the solo instrument line. The sectional structure of the rondeau encourages good practice strategies and as the repetitive element is strong it makes it an ideal performance piece for the player seeking to gain experience and confidence in this aspect of their playing. The repeat of the first section has been retained in the realisation and music score but could be omitted in a performance. The use of the sustaining pedal is to encouraged in the accompanying piano part although pedal markings are not indicated in the score. So much can be learnt about playing difficult pieces by playing easy pieces and this movement is a case in point. This ensemble piece has been included in the PlentyMusic Concert Hall area of study. There is the option of slowing down at the end although this is probably only appropriate when the tempo is 100 or more beats to the minute. There are some lovely Spanish music references through the use of the phrygian mode in the section from bars 76 to bar 84. Paganini (1782 – 1840) is a unique and quite captivating figure in the history of music who influenced many romantic composers inspiring many to write for the piano as he did for the violin. His music and particularly his virtuoso approach has been the inspiration for compositions by many other composers including Schumann, Chopin, Liszt, Rachmaninov amongst others. He was the outstanding violinist of his age and in addition was an excellent guitarist although his performances on this instrument were shared with friends rather than the public. He also left a teaching legacy as well as compositions and a well documented and renowned performance legacy. Mp3 piano accompaniment files can be downloaded from the PlentyMusic website enabling solo instrument players to enjoy an ensemble music experience. Accompaniment 1 plays at 88 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 92 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 3 plays at 96, Accompaniment 4 plays at 100 and Accompaniment 5 at 104 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The accompaniments are recorded at 256 kbps which should enable them to be played through speakers in a performance context. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office if there is any feedback on this aspect of their use. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. oboe, clarinet in A and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. An oboe substitutes for the violin and a clarinet in A for the violoncel Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. An oboe substitutes for the violin and a clarinet in A for the violoncello. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing oboe part. the Primo or Secondo parts. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. 2 clarinets in A and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. Two clarinets in A substitute for the violin and the violoncello. The mu Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. Two clarinets in A substitute for the violin and the violoncello. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the first clarinet in A part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No. 3 Opus 56 arr. flute, clarinet in A and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin and the clarinet in A for the viol Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin and the clarinet in A for the violoncello. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. clarinet in A, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The clarinet in A substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangem Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The clarinet in A substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the clarinet in A part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. violin, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the violin part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. flute, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The flute substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with some re-scoring of the fluteto keep to the instruments range. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. oboe, cello and piano

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The oboe substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with Show More...

This is Kirchner's trio arrangement of Schumann's Study No.3 for pedal piano. The oboe substitutes for the violin in this particular arrangement with some re-scoring of the oboe and violoncello part towards the end of the movement. The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments which have been notated in full in the sheet music score although that appearing in the top line in bar 23 players may wish to omit. The performance practice of this movement the music editor suggests is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The violoncello part has been notated in the treble and bass clef. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. There is no count in as the piano solo features in the introduction. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Please advise the PlentyMusic Office by email if you would like to see more accompaniments for this movement adding a specification as far as tempo and instrumentation. Close

Study in Canon No.3 Opus 56 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso p Show More...

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments and for those that require clarity on how they should be played refer to the video score on our YouTube channel. The performance practice with this movement the music editor would suggest is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The music editor has avoided suggesting a rit at the end of the movement although in performance this is an option. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy whilst the piano trio arrangements of Kirchner provide additional repertoire and ensemble opportunities. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. The two bar count in features the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.3 arr. two pianos

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso p Show More...

The music opens and closes with an Andantino section that plays back at 72 quarter note beats to the minute while the section marked poco più mosso plays at 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. The longer middle section of the Canon is in ABA (ternary) form. Both appoggiaturas (leaning notes) and acciaccaturas (crushed notes) feature as ornaments in the score. There are also some additional ornaments and for those that require clarity on how they should be played refer to the video score on our YouTube channel. The performance practice with this movement the music editor would suggest is at times ambiguous and at best inconsistent. The music editor has avoided suggesting a rit at the end of the movement although in performance this is an option. The texture can be described as a melody played as a canon and creating two voices, combined with an accompaniment figuration very typical of much of the composer’s keyboard music and a bass line. The Studies in Canon Opus 45 date from 1845 and were composed when the composer was focused on developing contrapuntal discipline in his writing. Pianists can also explore the piano duet version of Georges Bizet and the two piano version by Claude Debussy whilst the piano trio arrangements of Kirchner provide additional repertoire and ensemble opportunities. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) within a phrase as far as tempo is concerned. Some use of the sustaining pedal is suggested but it has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the violin parts. Accompaniment 1 plays at 80|100|80 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 plays at 76|90|76 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 72|84|72 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, and Accompaniment 4 at 68|80|68 quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute. The two bar count in features the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Study in Canon No.2 violin, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this his original arrangement for violin, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. Parts for both violin and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in featuring the sound of the woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.2 soprano saxophone, baritone saxophone & piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone, baritone saxophone and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the soprano saxophone part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for both saxophones appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays back at 63 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the soprano part as a solo. The piano and baritone saxophone sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 oboe, bassoon and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for oboe, bassoon and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part needed to keep to the range of the instrument and some minor re-scoring of the parts in bar 51. Parts for the oboe and bassoon are appended to the full score. The realisation plays back at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and bassoon sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in utilising the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.2 clarinet in B Flat, bass clarinet and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb, bass clarinet and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the flute part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for the clarinet in Bb and bass clarinet appropriately transposed are appended to the full score. The music editor would like to hear from bass clarinet players as to the practicality of playing the low notes in the score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the clarinet in Bb part as a solo. The piano and bass clarinet sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 flute, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for flute, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the flute part to accommodate the range of the instrument. Parts for the flute and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in at the beginning of the accompaniments. Close

Study in Canon No.2 clarinet in B Flat, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the clarinet in Bb part to assist in keeping to the range of the instrument. Parts for the clarinet in Bb and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 63 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in featuring the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.2 oboe, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for oboe, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German term «Min innigen ausdruck » meaning with ‘heartfelt expression’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. There are some octave transpositions in the oboe part t needed to keep to the range of the instrument and some minor re-scoring of the parts in bar 51. Parts for the oboe and violoncello are appended to the full score. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are excellent pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 66 dotted quarter note beats to the minute notes to the with the occasional slowing down or rit. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute Accompaniment 3 at 66 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 69 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in utilising the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No. 4 violin, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal fa Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for violin, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German word ‘Innig’ which means ‘heartfelt’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score which can be viewed on our YouTube channel although symbols are used in the sheet music score. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Instrument players will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element is a strong feature There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There are many recordings to explore of the trio arrangements and it would be well worth some time listening to a sample of the different versions that exist. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the violon part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute from bar 20. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.4 clarinet in B Flat, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal fa Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German word ‘Innig’ which means ‘heartfelt’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score which can be viewed on our YouTube channel although symbols are used in the sheet music score. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Instrument players will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element is a strong feature There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There are many recordings to explore of the trio arrangements and it would be well worth some time listening to a sample of the different versions that exist. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the clarinet in Bb part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute from bar 20. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.4 flute, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal fa Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for flute, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German word ‘Innig’ which means ‘heartfelt’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The playback score or realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score which can be viewed on our YouTube channel although symbols are used in the sheet music score. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Instrument players will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element is a strong feature There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There are many recordings to explore of the trio arrangements and it would be well worth some time listening to a sample of the different versions that exist. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the flute part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute from bar 20. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. Close

Study in Canon No.4 oboe, cello and piano

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal fa Show More...

Theodor Kirchner was a highly regarded musician, composer and arranger whose career sadly did not live up to expectation simply because of personal failings. The trio arrangements of Schumann’s Studies in Canon date from 1888. In this arrangement for oboe, violoncello and piano the imitative and canonic features of the music are very evident in the sharing of the lines between the instruments. The German word ‘Innig’ which means ‘heartfelt’ is used to describe the mood of the music at the beginning of the movement although the music editor has favoured the use of Italian terms in the score detail. The Studies in Canon Opus 56 of Schumann are perfect pieces for the music student because they refererence music of the past with the chromatic language of the romantic period and are appealing to play. The Opus 56 collection can be appreciated on so many levels and the pieces exist in a number of different arrangements. This is music that re-invents J.S.Bach style than directly imitating or copying it. The realisation is clearly not as nuanced as a live performance. The texture is straightforward to understand in that there are two melodies exploring the canonic and imitative aspects of the music, a chordal accompaniment and a bass line. The realisation plays at 72 eighth (quaver) notes to the minute in the first section from bar 1 to 19 and then 80 eighth notes for the remainder of the movement with the occasional slowing down or rit. The performance practice associated with the Study in Canon No. 4 also varies adding further interest to the music’s study. The score detail in place in the sheet music score is particularly relevant to the tonal qualities of modern instruments. Managing the tempo through the playing of the whole piece is one of the challenges of a performance and more than one approach can be employed. The dynamic range is an additional aspect of the performance that can be explored. It is necessary to have an understanding of the strong chromatic element in the music which is particularly evident in the bass line and the chordal accompaniment. In addition to Schumann’s the original composition for pedal piano there are many arrangements of the Opus 56 collection namely Georges Bizet’s for piano duet and Claude Debussy’s for two pianos. Players need to pay attention to the rhythmic detail and the chromatic detail. The mordents have been written out in the video score which can be viewed on the YouTube channel although symbols are used in the sheet music score. The use of the sustaining pedal whilst recommended has not been indicated in the sheet music score. The small decorative notes in the turns in bars 17, 19 and 65 do not sound in the video score or realisation. Instrument players will need to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate as the chromatic element is a strong feature There is also opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and take (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There are many recordings to explore of the trio arrangements and it would be well worth some time listening to a sample of the different versions that exist. The mp3 accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing the oboe part as a solo. The piano and violoncello sound in the accompaniment. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute from bar 20. Accompaniment 2 plays at 72 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and then 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 3 plays at 76 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 4 plays at 80 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 88 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. Accompaniment 5 plays at 84 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute in the first section and 92 eighth (quaver) note beats to the minute. There is a two bar eighth note (quaver) count in to the sound of a woodblock. Close

Scarborough Fair arr. flute & piano

An arrangement for flute and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode with E being the keynote. The realisation plays at 50 dotted h Show More...

An arrangement for flute and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode with E being the keynote. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. The melody section is repeated 4 times by the solo instrumentalist and it is the piano accompaniment that is varied for each verse. The arrangement has been designed very much to build confidence in solo playing working alongside a competent accompanist. Texturally the music is quite sparse which helps give it a haunting quality. The accompanist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated in the score. The lyrics for the song are well worth a read through because they identify many of the challenges of modern living despite having their origins in the English ballad culture of many centuries ago. A flute part is appended to the full score. The three accompaniment options have tempi of 1) 150 2) 144 and 3) 138 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute which can be alternatively looked at as being 1) 50 2) 48, and 3) 46 dotted half notes (minims) to the minute. The advice is to play the movement with a one to a bar beat or pulse. Close

Study in Canon No. 2 arr. piano duet (piano 4 hands)

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting quality. The realisation plays back at 66 dotted quarter notes Show More...

Composed in the key In the key A minor this movement in ABA ternary form has a haunting quality. The realisation plays back at 66 dotted quarter notes to the minute. The voice leading particularly in the two top lines of the organ solo is often quite difficult to follow and that is why the piano duet version arranged by Bizet and the two piano version arranged by Debussy are well worth exploring. The music editor suggests slow practice in the first instance to ensure that the reading of the notes and accidentals is accurate. Chromaticism is a strong feature of this movement. There is opportunity to explore tempo rubato in a performance. In romantic music this refers to the give and as far (speeding up and slowing down) as far as tempo is concerned. There is a substantial amount of score detail in the sheet music scores particularly in respect to the articulation of notes. Players may well wish to make use of the piano sustaining pedal although its use has not been indicated in the sheet music score. In temperament, Schumann was quite insecure and the Studies in Canon perhaps reflect the need for a himto reacquaint himself with the discipline of counterpoint. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 72 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 2 at 69 dotted quarter (crotchet) note beats to the minute, Accompaniment 3 at 66 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and Accompaniment 4 at 63 quarter note beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in with the sound of a woodblock. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. cello & piano

In this arrangement for violoncello with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter n Show More...

In this arrangement for violoncello with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The small ornamental notes do not sound in the arrangement although they have been retained in the sheet music score. The music editor suggests that they are probably best omitted certainly in the early stages of learning the piece and possibly altogether for those instruments sounding in the bass clef. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. violin & piano

In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note ( Show More...

In this arrangement for violin with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 150 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The small ornamental notes that sound in the realisation are probably best omitted certainly in the early stages of learning the piece. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. bassoon & piano

In this arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note Show More...

In this arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126.The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The small ornamental notes do not sound in the arrangement although they have been retained in the sheet music score. The music editor suggests that they are probably best omitted certainly in the early stages of learning the piece and possibly altogether for those instruments sounding in the bass clef. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. tenor saxophone & piano

In this arrangement for tenors saxophone with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quar Show More...

In this arrangement for tenors saxophone with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The small ornamental notes do not sound in the arrangement although they have been retained in the sheet music score. The music editor suggests that they are probably best omitted certainly in the early stages of learning the piece. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. soprano saxophone & piano

In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 qua Show More...

In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126.ture. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The acciaccatura or crushed note do not sound in bar 20 and bar 116. Instrumentalists may well review the playing of the small ornamental notes and leave them out entirely although they have been retained in the sheet music score. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarte Show More...

In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 150 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The acciaccatura or crushed note do not sound in bar 20 and bar 116. Instrumentalists may well review the playing of the small ornamental notes and leave them out entirely although they have been retained in the sheet music score. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. oboe & piano

In this arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (cr Show More...

In this arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 144 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. The acciaccatura or crushed note do not sound in bar 20 and bar 116. Instrumentalists may well review the playing of the small ornamental notes and leave them out entirely although they have been retained in the sheet music score. Close

Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 arr. flute & piano

In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (c Show More...

In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Moszkowski’s Spanish Dance No. 2 Opus 12 the realisation plays back at 135 quarter note (crotchet) beats a minute in the first and last A section and 150 in the middle B section. The first section could be played at a slower or quicker tempo and likewise the middle section. The movement needs to be played with a one in a bar feel and features the triplet figuration that is so characteristic of Spanish music. Players should endeavour to communicate the charm and intimacy of the music whilst the melody and accompaniment need to be articulated with clarity and consistency. The movement is in ABA ternary form and has a regular 8 bar phrase structure. In fact each of the main sections are in ternary form so analysis of the movement reveals a structure that can be represented as A (a b a) B (c d c) A (a b a). Octave transpositions are in place where appropriate and chord voicings in the accompaniment have been occasionally edited. The melody is also presented as a single note line. Tempo rubato is something that can be embraced in a performance but has not been used in the realisation and playback. Similarly, the sustaining pedal can be used although its use is not indicated in the sheet music score. The slowing downs that feature at the end of phrases are also not marked in the score. This is music intended for performance in the early 20th century drawing room. This colourful movement exists in several chamber and orchestral arrangements. Moszkowski is a composer whose brilliant piano pieces in particular are worthy of attention although much of the music is technically very challenging. Piano accompaniments are available playing at the following tempi (1) 144/144/144 (2) 138/150/138 (3) 135/144/135 (4)126/138/126. The numbers simply refer to the number of quarter note/crotchet beats to the minute referencing the ABA structure. If you require a more bespoke accompaniment please advise the PlentyMusic office and we will create and upload it for you. Close

Minuet in G WoO 10 No.2 arr. clarinet in A & piano

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the Show More...

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the manuscript was lost and the music has essentially been reconstructed from a piano arrangement. It is a melodic piece full of character and humour and this arrangement is for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment. In performance the Minuet is played with repeats followed by the Trio section marked Più mosso again with repeats. Finally, the first Minuet is repeated but this time without repeats. A rit. (slowing down) at the end of the two main sections (minuet and trio) is appropriate. The music editor urges those auditioning this piece to listen to many performances featuring different soloists get a clear vision of how the movement can and should be played. It is a Beethoven piece that frequently is played badly. A tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the first Minuet section and a tempo of 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the Trio section marked Più mosso. Accompaniments are available for this score with a four bar count in played on a two sounds of the wood block. Because of the tempo changes and the upbeat in the solo part there is a two beat click between the sections. Accompaniment 1 has a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 110 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 2 has a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 3 has a tempo of 108 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section and Accompaniment 4 has a tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 120 for the Trio section. This score was reviewed with accompaniments added in 2022. A clarinet in A part appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Minuet in G WoO 10 No.2 arr. bassoon & piano

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the Show More...

A very appealing and familiar movement from the treasure trove of Beethoven’s works WoO (Without Opus number) Originally composed for orchestra, the manuscript was lost and the music has essentially been reconstructed from a piano arrangement. It is a melodic piece full of character and humour and this arrangement is for bassoon with piano accompaniment. In performance the Minuet is played with repeats followed by the Trio section marked Più mosso again with repeats. Finally, the first Minuet is repeated but this time without repeats. A rit. (slowing down) at the end of the two main sections (minuet and trio) is appropriate. The music editor urges those auditioning this piece to listen to many performances featuring different soloists get a clear vision of how the movement can and should be played. It is a Beethoven piece that frequently is played badly. A tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the first Minuet section and a tempo of 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute is suggested for the Trio section marked Più mosso. Accompaniments are available for this score with a four bar count in played on a two sounds of the wood block. Because of the tempo changes and the upbeat in the solo part there is a two beat click between the sections. Accompaniment 1 has a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 110 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 2 has a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section, Accompaniment 3 has a tempo of 108 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 116 for the Trio section and Accompaniment 4 has a tempo of 110 quarter note (crotchet) beats for the Minuet and 120 for the Trio section. This score was reviewed and revised with accompaniments added in 2022. A bassoon part is appended to the music score. Close

Manchega arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate Gottschalk’s virtuoso playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 58 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section sounds in the key of Eb and the B section in Gb. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. If you do spend time listening to the music of Gottschalk one senses the underlying influence of Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore the dynamics in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The small ornamental notes do not sound in the realization and the music editor suggests leaving them out certainly during the learning of the piece. It is then up to the player’s own discretion whether to play them or not. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. The music editor worked from an old print copy of the work and there were several ambiguities in the score so any feedback on detail would be much appreciated. Close

Manchega arr. trombone & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate techniqu Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate Gottschalk’s virtuoso playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 58 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section sounds in F and the B section in Ab. The repeat does not play in the playback, There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. A trombone part is appended to the full score. The small ornamental or acciaccaturas (crushed) notes do not sound in the realization and the music editor suggests leaving them out certainly during the learning of the piece. It is then up to the player’s own discretion as whether to play them or not. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is the influence of Chopin in the compositional style of Gottschalk. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore the articulation of the notes and both tonal and dynamic range in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. tenor horn & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate Gottschalk’s virtuoso playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section sounds in Eb and the B section in Gb. The repeat does not play in the playback, They are in the score but are an optional addition. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. If you do spend time listening to the music of Gottschalk one senses the underlying influence of Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore the dynamics in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. A tenor horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The small ornamental or acciaccaturas (crushed) notes do not sound in the realization and the music editor suggests leaving them out certainly during the learning of the piece. It is then up to the player’s own discretion whether to play them or not. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute.Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. euphonium & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate Gottschalk’s virtuoso playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 58 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section sounds in F and the B section in Ab. The repeat does not play in the playback, There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure A euphonium part in the treble clef appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The small ornamental or acciaccaturas (crushed) notes do not sound in the realization and the music editor suggests leaving them out certainly during the learning of the piece. It is then up to the player’s own discretion whether to play them or not in a performance. There is a strong influence of Chopin in the music of Gottschalk particularly in the harmonic writing and figuration. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore articulations, tonal and dynamic range in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate techniqu Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate his virtuoso playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in Eb and the B section in Gb. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended but is not indicated in the score. Gottschalk composition approach is influenced particularly by Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore the articulations, dynamics and tonal range in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. The small ornamental notes sound in the realization although the music editor suggests leaving them out c during the learning of the piece. It is then up to the player’s own discretion whether to play or them or not.A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. The music editor worked from an old print copy of the work and there were several ambiguities in the score so any feedback on detail would be much appreciated. Close

Manchega arr. cello & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate techniqu Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate the composer’s virtuoso piano playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in D and the B section in F. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The small ornamental or acciaccaturas (crushed) notes do not sound in the realisation and it is then up to the player’s own discretion either to play them or not. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended for the accompanist but is not indicated in the score. Gottschalk’s music is influenced by Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore the dynamics in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows ready access to the music. A cello part is appended to the full score. The small ornamental notes excluding the appoggiaturas do not sound in the realization. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts aka working hard. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana . The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. viola & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate Gottschalk’s virtuoso playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section sounds in D and the B section in F. The repeat does not play in the playback, There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. A viola part is appended to the full score. The small ornamental or acciaccaturas (crushed) notes are probably best left out during the learning of the piece. It is then up to the player’s own discretion either playing or not playing them. There is a strong influence of Chopin in the music of Gottschalk. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore articulation, tonal and dynamic range in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Three accompaniments are available playing at 63, 60 and 57 dotted quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Manchega arr. violin & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate the composer’s virtuoso piano playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in D and the B section in F. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended for the accompanist but is not indicated in the score. The music of Gottschalk is influenced by Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore the dynamics, tonal range and articulation in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows ready access to the music. A violin part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts aka working hard. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. oboe & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate the composer’s virtuoso piano playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in D and the B section in F. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The small ornamental notes can be omitted particularly when learning the piece where rhythmic accuracy and precision is needed. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended but is not indicated in the score. Gottschalk’s writing is influenced by Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore the tonal range, articulation and dynamics in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana . The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. English horn & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate techniqu Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate the composer’s virtuoso piano playing. The playback tempo in the realization is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in D and the B section in F. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The small ornamental notes can be omitted particularly when learning the piece where rhythmic accuracy and precision are needed. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended but is not indicated in the score. Gottschalk’s writing is influenced of Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore tonal range, articulation and dynamics in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. A flute part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate the composer’s virtuoso piano playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in Eb and the B section in Gb. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended but is not indicated in the score. Gottschalk’s writing is strongly influenced by Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore the dynamic and tonal range in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. A clarinet in B appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana . The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. bassoon & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an étude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate the composer’s virtuoso piano playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in D and the B section in F. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended for the accompanist but is not indicated in the score. Gottschalk’s composing approach was influenced by Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore articulation as well as dynamic and tonal range in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows ready access to the music. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts aka working hard. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana . The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. alto saxophone & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate his virtuoso playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in Eb and the B section in Gb. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended but is not indicated in the score. Gottschalk’s writing is influenced by Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore how notes are articulated and the tonal and dynamic range in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana . The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. baritone horn & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate Gottschalk’s virtuoso playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 58 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section sounds in F and the B section in Ab. The repeat does not play in the playback, There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. A baritone part in the treble appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Players who would like the music notated in the bass clef please advise the PlentyMusic Office. The small ornamental or acciaccaturas (crushed) notes do not sound in the realization and the music editor suggests leaving them out certainly during the learning of the piece. It is then up to the player’s own discretion whether or not to play them. There is a strong influence of Chopin in the music of Gottschalk. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore articulation, tonal and dynamic range in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American Creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. flute & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate the composer’s virtuoso piano playing. The playback tempo in the realization is 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in D and the B section in F. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The small ornamental notes can be omitted particularly when learning the piece where rhythmic accuracy and precision are needed. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended but is not indicated in the score. Gottschalk’s writing is influenced of Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore tonal range, articulation and dynamics in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. A flute part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Manchega arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique a Show More...

Manchega originates as a concert étude for piano – an etude in music is a study. Such movements are intended to improve and demonstrate technique and in the context of the original arrangement was intended to demonstrate the composer’s virtuoso piano playing. The playback tempo in the playback score is 58 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The movement in ABA (Ternary form) which was very much the standard form during the romantic period. Composers needed to follow the conventions of their time to ensure the patterns of their music were readily recognized by audiences. The A section is in Eb and the B section in Gb. The repeat does not sound in the playback. There has been some re-scoring but not re-writing of the original material. This is an excellent piece for developing 3 v 2 playing which is such a characteristic element of Spanish and music based on Spanish models. The music editor suggests practicing the music slowly in the first instance so that all rhythmic shapes and patterns are secure. The use of the piano sustaining pedal is recommended but is not indicated in the score. The writing of Gottschalk is influenced by Chopin. As the repetitive element in the movement is strong there is an opportunity to explore the tonal range, articulation and dynamics in a performance. The music editor suggests that this movement along with much of Gottschalk’s music is worth discovering particularly in arrangements where the playing level allows access to the music. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 63 Accompaniment (2) 60 and Accompaniment (3) 57 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Louis Moreau Gottschalk (1829 – 1869) was an American composer and pianist born in New Orleans who spent most of his performing career touring and giving concerts. He was often referred to as the greatest pianist from the “New World.” Chopin, Liszt and Alkan were great admirers of his talent. His compositions established him as one of the first identifiable American composers. In his music it is possible to hear a mix of American creole, African-American and European music traditions. His early works in particularly are imbued with the sounds that he heard in his youth in Louisiana. The syncopated nature of his music anticipates many of the characteristics of later American ragtime and jazz music. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. euphonium & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for euphonium accompanied by the piano the sounding key is Eb. Euphonium players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not a featured of the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t as well represented in the realization as it might be. A euphonium part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. baritone & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for baritone accompanied by the piano the sounding key is Eb. Baritone players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not a featured of the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t as well represented in the realization as it might be. A baritone horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. tenor horn & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for tenor horn accompanied by the piano the sounding key is Eb. Tenor horn players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not a featured of the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t as well represented in the realization as it might be. A tenor horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. French horn & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for horn in F (French horn) accompanied by the piano the sounding key is F. Horn in F (French horn) players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not a featured of the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t as well represented in the realization as it might be. A horn in F (French horn) part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. trombone & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for trombone accompanied by the piano the sounding key is Eb. Trombone players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not a featured of the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t as well represented in the realization as it might be. A trombone part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. tuba & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for tuba accompanied by the piano the sounding key is F. Tuba players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not a featured of the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A tuba part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for trumpet in Bb accompanied by the piano the sounding key is Eb. Trumpet players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not a featured of the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. cello & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spi Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for violoncello accompanied by the piano the sounding key is D. Violoncello players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A violoncello part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. viola & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spi Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for viola accompanied by the piano the sounding key is F. Violists players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A viola part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. violin & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spi Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for violin accompanied by the piano the sounding key is D. Violin players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A violin part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spi Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for tenor saxophone accompanied by the piano the sounding key in Eb. Tenor saxophone players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not a feature of the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A tenor saxophone part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. alto saxophone & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for alto saxophone accompanied by the piano the sounding key is Eb. Flute players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone accompanied by the piano sounding in the key of Eb, the soloist should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. English horn & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for English horn accompanied by the piano sounding in the key of F, soloists should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. bassoon & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for bassoon accompanied by the piano the sounding key in D. Bassoon players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A bassoon is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb accompanied by the piano sounding in the key of Eb, soloists should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. oboe & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spi Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for oboe accompanied by the piano the sounding key in D. Oboe players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Mi Teresita (Little Waltz) arr. flute & piano

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and sp Show More...

Teresa Carreño 1853 – 1917 was a Venezuelan concert pianist and composer whose career spanned a period of 54 years. Known for her powerful and spirited playing she earned the title from her Berlin years as the “Valkyrie of the piano.” She was closely associated with the music of Edward MacDowell, a pupil, premiering several of his works and also the music of Amy Beach. She lived in the USA and Berlin which became her base for her years in Europe. Her schedule of concerts and the longevity of her career suggests that she was very hard working. A superb player of octaves she possessed a powerful tone and great strength. She travelled widely performing in Europe including the Henry Wood Proms, USA and Australia. Henry Wood wrote that "It is difficult to express adequately what all musicians felt about this great woman who looked like a queen among pianists - and played like a goddess.” She must indeed have been a larger than life character because over 100 years after her death her legacy remains strong and there are player piano recordings of her work available. “Mi Teresita” (Little Waltz ) composed in 1885 for her daughter Teresita was one of her most popular pieces during her lifetime and often performed as an encore at her own concerts. In this arrangement for flute accompanied by the piano the sounding key in D. Flute players should be aiming for a beautiful legato and focusing on the tonal quality of their playing. The movement should not be played too quickly and there is a captivating closing section. The considerable range of dynamics also needs to be explored in a performance. Rubato is an aspect of the performance that players can consider although it is not featured in the realization. The melody is reminiscent of something that might feature in a music box and it is a pity that a lilting quality isn’t quite represented in the realization. A flute part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also available for download in mp3 format at tempi of Accompaniment (1) 128 Accompaniment (2) 124 and Accompaniment (3) 120 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Over the Waves arr. flute & piano

Juventino Rosas was a Mexican composer and violinist who began his career as a street musician. After a visit to Cuba in 1894 he became very poorly an Show More...

Juventino Rosas was a Mexican composer and violinist who began his career as a street musician. After a visit to Cuba in 1894 he became very poorly and sadly died at the young age of 26. "Over the Waves" (Sobre las Olas) was published in Mexico in 1888 and is one of the most familiar of Latin American melodies. The waltz is nowadays played by many stylistically differing types of performing groups. The melody is very much associated with the music of funfairs, trapeze artists and fairground. This improver level (second year players) movement in ternary ABA form is an ideal ensemble piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 dotted half note (minim) beats to the minute and players need to communicate a one to the bar feel in their playing. A flute part is appended to the full score and the sounding key is Bb. Piano accompaniments are available as an mp3 download at tempi of (1) 60 (2) 58 and (3) 56 dotted half note (minim) beats to the minute. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. violin & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Violin players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A violin part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. cello & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Cellists should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1)92 (2)88 (3)84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A violoncello part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. viola & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Viola players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A viola part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. tuba & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Tuba players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A tuba part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None But The Lonely Heart Heart arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Trumpet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. trombone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Trombone players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A trombone part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. tenor horn & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Tenor horn players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A tenor horn part notated in the treble clef and appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. euphonium & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Euphonium players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A euphonium part notated in the treble clef and appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. baritone saxophone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Baritone saxophone players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A baritone saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. English horn & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Oboe players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. bassoon & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Solo players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A bassoon part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. soprano saxophone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Solo players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. tenor saxophone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Solo players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. alto saxophone & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the Germa Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song and dates from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment and audition piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Solo players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing control and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Clarinet players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. oboe & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Oboe players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. An oboe part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

None but the Lonely Heart arr. flute & piano

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German r Show More...

None but the Lonely Heart originates as a song dating from 1869 coming from the composer’s Opus 6 collection. The poetry was written by the German romantic poet Goethe and subsequently translated into Russian. The music editor recommends reading a translation of the text although the clear message in the poem is an expression of loneliness. Although only 54 bars long the piece has great emotional and musical range making it an ideal assessment piece. The repeating elements add unity to the song which has strong rhythmic and melodic shapes. Whilst there is a clearly evident phrase structure there are some overlapping phrases and the occasionally musical link which players need to take into consideration during a performance. Musically the falling minor 7th in the melody is characteristic as is the chromatic harmony which features a number of half-diminished 7th chords. Flute players should be aiming for a legato in their playing ensuring that they feature contrasting dynamics in a performance. This arrangement keeps close to the composer’s original version of the song. There is a considerable amount of score detail and it is an excellent piece for developing controlled and quality of tone in solo playing. The suggested phrasing is determined by the shape of the melody and the punctuation of the poetry. Accompanists will need to make use of the sustaining pedal whilst the off-beat or syncopated chords in the accompaniment add to the intensity of the music. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter notes or crotchet beats to the minute. There are accompaniments available playing at (1) 92 (2) 88 (3) 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute from the PlentyMusic website. A flute part is appended to the sheet music score. Close

Down By The Riverside arr. alto saxophone & piano

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African A Show More...

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African American spiritual. There are many recorded versions dating as far back as the 1920’s and It was also familiar as an anti-war protest song during the Vietnam war. There are many versions of the lyrics which include Old Testament bible references. There are fine performances to be discovered by traditional jazz bands and singers that explore traditional, gospel and contemporary popular music styles. This arrangement sounds in the key of Eb and features syncopation in a march style. It is as an excellent introduction for learning to play in the 20th century popular idiom. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There is one accompaniment available that plays back at a tempo of 84 half note or minim beats to the minute. Close

Down By The Riverside arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African A Show More...

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African American spiritual. There are many recorded versions dating as far back as the 1920’s and It was also familiar as an anti-war protest song during the Vietnam war. There are many versions of the lyrics which include Old Testament bible references. There are fine performances to be discovered by traditional jazz bands and singers that explore traditional, gospel and contemporary popular music styles. This arrangement sounds in the key of F and features syncopation in a march style. It is as an excellent introduction for learning to play in the 20th century popular idiom. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There is one accompaniment available that plays back at a tempo of 84 half note or minim beats to the minute. Close

Down By The Riverside arr. flute & piano

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African A Show More...

Down By The Riverside is a song that dates back to before the American Civil War but was not published until 1918. It can be described as an African American spiritual. There are many recorded versions dating as far back as the 1920’s and It was also familiar as an anti-war protest song during the Vietnam war. There are many versions of the lyrics which include Old Testament bible references. There are fine performances to be discovered by traditional jazz bands and singers that explore traditional, gospel and contemporary popular music styles. This arrangement sounds in the key of C and features syncopation in a march style. It is as an excellent introduction for learning to play in the 20th century popular idiom. A flute part is appended to the full score. There is one accompaniment available that plays back at a tempo of 84 half note or minim beats to the minute. Close

First Movement from Sonata in G arr. cello & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo of the realisation in the realisation plays at 63quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. Accompanists need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A trombone part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata orig. in G arr. arr. trombone & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime known particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The music has been transposed to sound in the key of F and the tempo in the realisation plays at 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. Accompanists need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A trombone part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata orig. in G arr. arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The sounding key is Eb and the tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The uses of the sustaining pedal by the piano accompanist is recommended and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A trumpet in Bb appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata orig. in G arr. arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The approach to this arrangement has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the video score which is available to view on our YouTube channel the ornaments have been written out although symbols have been used in the sheet music score which is available from the website. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The accompanist does need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata in G arr. violin & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The accompanist does need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A violin part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata orig. in G arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The sounding key is Eb and the tempo of the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which is on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The accompanist does need to make use of the sustaining pedal and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata in G arr. oboe & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which can be found on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The uses of the sustaining pedal by the piano accompanist is recommended and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! An oboe part is appended to the full score.There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

First Movement from Sonata in G arr. flute & piano

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by il Show More...

Giovanni Battista Pergolesi became a Naples based composer from 1725 when the city was an important musical centre. His life sadly was cut short by illness but he did become a well-known composer in his lifetime particularly for his Stabat Mater and opera buffa. The music editor’s approach has simply been to present an arrangement for solo instrument with piano accompaniment. There is no baroque or for that matter classical preoccupation with the challenge for the performer being to present what is a charming and appealing piece of music in a performing context. The tempo in the realisation is 66 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute whilst the repeat is not played. In the sheet music score the ornaments are represented by symbols although the mordents do not sound and are optional. For those actually wanting to see how the ornaments are played have a look at the realisation score which can be found on our YouTube channel. Elements of baroque style can be identified in the rhythmic detail and the contrasting dynamics. The uses of the sustaining pedal by the piano accompanist is recommended and there is some score detail relating to its use in place. An arrangement for solo violin with piano accompaniment by Alessandro Longo based on the trio sonata by Pergolesi is the source for this particular arrangement. Longo is best known for his work cataloguing Scarlatti’s sonatas and apart from being a fine concert pianist was Director of the Naples Conservatory. There are many other works have been incorrectly attributed to Pergolesi because as his name was well known, it was easy to sell the sheet music of others in this way! A flute part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempos of (1) 68 (2) 66 and (3) 64 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Each accompaniment has a click track at the opening to give the tempo enabling players to play the upbeat in time. Close

Odeon arr. cello & piano

This arrangement of Odeon for violoncello and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisati Show More...

This arrangement of Odeon for violoncello and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In this particular arrangement the music is in its original key although where necessary there are some octave transpositions in the melody line to keep within the instrument’s range. The violoncello part is notated in the tenor and bass clef and there is a part appended to the full score. The repetition element is quite strong as is typical of a piece of popular music whilst the form of the movement can be represented by the letters AABBACCA. Nazareth was a Brazilian composer and pianist whose compositional style absorbs many different influences including Brazilian, European, African and ragtime. As a composer Nazareth was particularly influenced by Chopin. The small ornamental notes can be added when the piece is able to be played competently. The score details in the composer’s hands is written in his native Portuguese and the words bright and dry are used along with the word gingando which means girdling or swaying in a dance context. The accompanist needs to have quite a percussive approach in their playing to communicate the rhythmic detail and energy of the movement. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 96, 92 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with the repeats being played. Close

Odeon arr. trombone & piano

This arrangement of Odeon for trombone and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisation Show More...

This arrangement of Odeon for trombone and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In this particular arrangement the music has been transposed up a semitone from its original key and where necessary there are some octave transpositions in the melody line to keep within the instrument’s range. A trombone part appended to the full score. The repetition element is quite strong as is typical of a piece of popular music whilst the form of the movement can be represented by the letters AABBACCA. Nazareth was a Brazilian composer and pianist whose compositional style absorbs many different influences including Brazilian, European, African and ragtime. As a composer Nazareth was particularly influenced by Chopin. The small ornamental notes can be added when the piece is able to be played competently. The score details in the composer’s hands is written in his native Portuguese and the words bright and dry are used along with the word gingando which means girgling. The accompanist needs to have quite a percussive approach in their playing to communicate the rhythmic detail and energy of the movement. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 96, 92 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with the repeats being played. Close

Odeon arr. bassoon & piano

This arrangement of Odeon for bassoon and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisation Show More...

This arrangement of Odeon for bassoon and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is also a movement with a wide melodic range. In this particular arrangement the music has been transposed up a semitone from its original key and where necessary there are some octave transpositions in the melody line to keep within the instrument’s range. The bassoon part is notated in the tenor and bass clef and a bassoon part is appended to the full score. The repetition element is quite strong as is typical of a piece of popular music whilst the form of the movement can be represented by the letters AABBACCA. Nazareth was a Brazilian composer and pianist whose compositional style absorbs many different influences including Brazilian, European, African and ragtime. As a composer Nazareth was particularly influenced by Chopin. The small ornamental notes can be added when the piece is able to be played competently. The score details in the composer’s hands is written in his native Portuguese and the words bright and dry are used along with the word gingando which means girgling. The accompanist needs to have quite a percussive approach in their playing to communicate the rhythmic detail and energy of the movement. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 96, 92 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with the repeats being played. Close

Odeon arr. baritone saxophone & piano

Odeon originates as a piano piece and dates from 1909. It is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns and the real Show More...

Odeon originates as a piano piece and dates from 1909. It is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns and the realisation playing back at a tempo of 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. In this particular arrangement the music has been transposed down a semitone from its original key and where necessary there are some octave transpositions in the melody line to keep within the instrument’s range. A baritone saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The repetition element is quite strong as is typical of a piece of popular music whilst the form of the movement can be represented by the letters AABBACCA. Nazareth was a Brazilian composer and pianist whose compositional style absorbs many different influences including Brazilian, European, African and ragtime. As a composer Nazareth was particularly influenced by Chopin. The small ornamental notes can be added when the piece is able to be played competently. The score details in the composer’s hands is written in his native Portuguese and the words bright and dry are used along with the word gingando which means girgling. The accompanist needs to have quite a percussive approach in their playing to communicate the rhythmic detail and energy of the movement. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 96, 92 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with the repeats being played. Close

Odeon arr. alto saxophone & piano

This arrangement of Odeon for alto saxophone and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the reali Show More...

This arrangement of Odeon for alto saxophone and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is also a movement with a wide melodic range. In this particular arrangement the music has been transposed up a semitone from its original key and where necessary there are some octave transpositions in the melody line to keep within the instrument’s range. The repetition element is quite strong as is typical of a piece of popular music whilst the form of the movement can be represented by the letters AABBACCA. Nazareth was a Brazilian composer and pianist whose compositional style absorbs many different influences including Brazilian, European, African and ragtime. As a composer Nazareth was particularly influenced by Chopin. The small ornamental notes can be added when the piece is able to be played competently. The score details in the composer’s hands is written in his native Portuguese and the words bright and dry are used along with the word gingando which means girgling. The accompanist needs to have quite a percussive approach in their playing to communicate the rhythmic detail and energy of the movement. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 96, 92 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with the repeats being played. Close

Odeon arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

This arrangement of Odeon for clarinet in Bb and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realis Show More...

This arrangement of Odeon for clarinet in Bb and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 88 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is also a movement with a wide melodic range. In this particular arrangement the music has been transposed down a semitone from its original key and where necessary there are some octave transpositions in the melody line to keep within the instrument’s range. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The repetition element is quite strong as is typical of a piece of popular music whilst the form of the movement can be represented by the letters AABBACCA. Nazareth was a Brazilian composer and pianist whose compositional style absorbs many different influences including Brazilian, European, African and ragtime. As a composer Nazareth was particularly influenced by Chopin. The small ornamental notes can be added when the piece is able to be played competently. The score details in the composer’s hands is written in his native Portuguese and the words bright and dry are used along with the word gingando which means girgling. The accompanist needs to have quite a percussive approach in their playing to communicate the rhythmic detail and energy of the movement. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 96, 92 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with the repeats being played. Close

Odeon arr. flute & piano

This arrangement of Odeon for flute and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisation pl Show More...

This arrangement of Odeon for flute and piano is a lively rhythmic movement full of energy featuring many syncopated patterns with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 92 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute. It is also a movement with a wide melodic range. In this particular arrangement the music has been transposed up a semitone from its original key and where necessary there are some octave transpositions in the melody line to keep within the instrument’s range. A flute part is appended to the full score. The repetition element is quite strong as is typical of a piece of popular music whilst the form of the movement can be represented by the letters AABBACCA. Nazareth was a Brazilian composer and pianist whose compositional style absorbs many different influences including Brazilian, European, African and ragtime. As a composer Nazareth was particularly influenced by Chopin. The small ornamental notes can be added when the piece is able to be played competently. The score details in the composer’s hands is written in his native Portuguese and the words bright and dry are used along with the word gingando which means girgling. The accompanist needs to have quite a percussive approach in their playing to communicate the rhythmic detail and energy of the movement. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 96, 92 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute with the repeats being played. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. cello & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst a plain score part is appended to the edited music score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. violin & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. Violinists may wish to try performing with a mute. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst a violin part is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. French horn & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst a horn in F (French horn) part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. trombone & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst a trombone part is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst a trumpet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. bassoon & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst a bassoon part is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. tenor saxophone & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and the music sounds in Bb. A tenor saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. soprano saxophone & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute and the music sounds in Bb. A soprano saxophone appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such indicative score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. The clarinet range is also explored in this particular arrangement. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst a clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. oboe & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such indicative score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory as repetition is a strong element. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst an oboe part is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 80 (2) 84 and (3) 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Sweet Dreams arr. flute & piano

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase struc Show More...

This improver level ternary form (ABA) work is from Tchaikovsky’s Album for the Young, Opus 39. It is a melodic movement with a regular phrase structure which is not surprising for a composer known for his ballet music. There are editions where accent markings are placed very generously in the music scores although the music editor suggests that modern instruments with their stronger tone quality do not require such indicative score markings. This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing, quality of tone and musical memory. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 84 quarter note or crotchet beats to the minute whilst a flute part is appended to the full score. The piano accompanist can make use of the sustaining pedal in the A section with the use of the pedal guided by the harmonic rhythm. Pedalling in other words is governed by the changing chords or harmony. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 88 (2) 84 and (3) 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Romantic Piece No.1 arr. cello and piano

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to Show More...

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to being played by a number of solo instruments although its origins are as a violin and piano piece. It dates from early 1887. In this arrangement for violoncello accompanied by piano there is considerable dynamic detail and any performance needs to reference this aspect of the score detail. The tempo of the playback in the realisation is 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This is an excellent piece for instrument players keen to improve their tone and legato playing as it has a very song like and melodic character. Great space is created in the accompaniment figuration which has an almost Bach quality whilst the harmonic language and at times the texture clearly belong to the late 19th century. The music editor has suggested pedalling for some parts of the movement but the guiding principle is that pedalling relates very much to changes in the bass note. The repeats are not played in the realisation. Antonín Dvorák is described as Czech composer with his work incorporating rhythms and musical features of folk music from Moravia and his native Bohemia. Like many of his contemporaries of the late romantic era who lived on what were considered to be, at the time, the peripheries of Europe, he is often described as a nationalist composer. Dvorák’s compositional style is influenced by Brahms although his works have a very individual style possessing a great sense of energy and anticipation of the new century. A violoncello part is appended to the full score. Two accompaniments are available (1) with repeats and (2) without repeats playing back at a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Romantic Piece No.1 arr. violin & piano

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to Show More...

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to being played by a number of solo instruments although its origins are as a violin and piano piece. It dates from early 1887. In this original version for violin accompanied by piano there is considerable dynamic detail and any performance needs to reference this aspect of the score detail. The tempo of the playback in the realisation is 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This is an excellent piece for instrument players keen to improve their tone and legato playing as it has a very song like and melodic character. Great space is created in the accompaniment figuration which has an almost Bach quality whilst the harmonic language and at times the texture clearly belong to the late 19th century. The music editor has suggested pedalling for some parts of the movement but the guiding principle is that pedalling relates very much to changes in the bass note. The repeats are not played in the realisation. Antonín Dvorák is described as Czech composer with his work incorporating rhythms and musical features of folk music from Moravia and his native Bohemia. Like many of his contemporaries of the late romantic era who lived on what were considered to be, at the time, the peripheries of Europe, he is often described as a nationalist composer. Dvorák’s compositional style is influenced by Brahms although his works have a very individual style possessing a great sense of energy and anticipation of the new century. A violin part is appended to the full score. Two accompaniments are available (1) with repeats and (2) without repeats playing back at a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Romantic Piece No.1 arr. alto saxophone & piano

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to Show More...

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to being played by a number of solo instruments although its origins are as a violin and piano piece. It dates from early 1887. In this arrangement for alto saxophone accompanied by piano there is considerable dynamic detail and any performance needs to reference this aspect of the score detail. The tempo of the playback in the realisation is 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This is an excellent piece for players keen to improve their tone and legato playing as it has a very song like and melodic character. Great space is created in the accompaniment figuration which has an almost Bach quality whilst the harmonic language and at times the texture clearly belong to the late 19th century. The music editor suggested pedalling is in place for parts of the movement with the pedalling effectively changing every time the bass note is changed. The repeats are not played in the realisation. There are some octave transpositions in the arrangement needed to keep the alto saxophone within its range. Antonín Dvorák is described as Czech composer with his work incorporating rhythms and musical features of folk music from Moravia and his native Bohemia. Like many of his contemporaries of the late romantic era who lived on what were considered to be, at the time, the peripheries of Europe, he is often described as a nationalist composer. Dvorák’s compositional style is influenced by Brahms although his works have a very individual style possessing a great sense of energy and anticipation of the new century. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Two accompaniments are available (1) with repeats and (2) without repeats playing back at a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Romantic Piece No. 1 arr. horn in F (French horn) & piano

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to Show More...

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to being played by a number of solo instruments although its origins are as a violin and piano piece. It dates from early 1887. In this arrangement for horn in F (French horn) accompanied by piano there is considerable dynamic detail and any performance needs to reference this aspect of the score detail. The tempo of the playback in the realisation is 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This is an excellent piece for players keen to improve their tone and legato playing as it has a very song like and melodic character. Great space is created in the accompaniment figuration which has an almost Bach quality whilst the harmonic language and at times the texture clearly belong to the late 19th century. The music editor suggested pedalling is in place for parts of the movement with the pedalling effectively changing every time the bass note is changed. The repeats are not played in the realisation. Antonín Dvorák is described as Czech composer with his work incorporating rhythms and musical features of folk music from Moravia and his native Bohemia. Like many of his contemporaries of the late romantic era who lived on what were considered to be, at the time, the peripheries of Europe, he is often described as a nationalist composer. Dvorák’s compositional style is influenced by Brahms although his works have a very individual style possessing a great sense of energy and anticipation of the new century. A horn in F (French horn) appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Two accompaniments are available (1) with repeats and (2) without repeats playing back at a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Romantic Piece No.1 arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to Show More...

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to being played by a number of solo instruments although its origins are as a violin and piano piece. It dates from early 1887. In this arrangement for trumpet in Bb accompanied by piano there is considerable dynamic detail and any performance needs to reference this aspect of the score detail. The tempo of the playback in the realisation is 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This is an excellent piece for players keen to improve their tone and legato playing as it has a very song like and melodic character. Great space is created in the accompaniment figuration which has an almost Bach quality whilst the harmonic language and at times the texture clearly belong to the late 19th century. The music editor suggested pedalling is in place for parts of the movement with the pedalling effectively changing every time the bass note is changed. The repeats are not played in the realisation. There are some octave transpositions in the arrangement needed to keep the alto saxophone within its range. Antonín Dvorák is described as Czech composer with his work incorporating rhythms and musical features of folk music from Moravia and his native Bohemia. Like many of his contemporaries of the late romantic era who lived on what were considered to be, at the time, the peripheries of Europe, he is often described as a nationalist composer. Dvorák’s compositional style is influenced by Brahms although his works have a very individual style possessing a great sense of energy and anticipation of the new century. A trumpet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Two accompaniments are available (1) with repeats and (2) without repeats playing back at a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Romantic Piece No. 1 arr. soprano saxophone & piano

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to Show More...

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to being played by a number of solo instruments although its origins are as a violin and piano piece. It dates from early 1887. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone accompanied by piano there is considerable dynamic detail and any performance needs to reference this aspect of the score detail. The tempo of the playback in the video score is 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This is an excellent piece for players keen to improve their tone and legato playing as it has a very song like and melodic character. Great space is created in the accompaniment figuration which has an almost Bach quality whilst the harmonic language and at times the texture clearly belong to the late 19th century. The music editor suggested pedalling is in place for parts of the movement with the pedalling effectively changing every time the bass note is changed. The repeats are not played in the realisation. There are some octave transpositions in the arrangement needed to keep the soprano saxophone within its range. Antonín Dvorák is described as Czech composer with his work incorporating rhythms and musical features of folk music from Moravia and his native Bohemia. Like many of his contemporaries of the late romantic era who lived on what were considered to be, at the time, the peripheries of Europe, he is often described as a nationalist composer. Dvorák’s compositional style is influenced by Brahms although his works have a very individual style possessing a great sense of energy and anticipation of the new century. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Two accompaniments are available (1) with repeats and (2) without repeats playing back at a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Romantic Piece No.1 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to Show More...

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to being played by a number of solo instruments although its origins are as a violin and piano piece. It dates from early 1887. In this arrangement for clarinet in B flat accompanied by piano there is considerable dynamic detail and any performance needs to reference this aspect of the score detail. The tempo of the playback of the realisation is 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This is an excellent piece for players keen to improve their tone and legato playing as it has a very song like and melodic character. Great space is created in the accompaniment figuration which has an almost Bach quality whilst the harmonic language and at times the texture clearly belong to the late 19th century. The music editor suggested pedalling is in place for parts of the movement with the pedalling effectively changing every time the bass note is changed. The repeats are not played in the realisation. Antonín Dvorák is described as Czech composer with his work incorporating rhythms and musical features of folk music from Moravia and his native Bohemia. Like many of his contemporaries of the late romantic era who lived on what were considered to be, at the time, the peripheries of Europe, he is often described as a nationalist composer. Dvorák’s compositional style is influenced by Brahms although his works have a very individual style possessing a great sense of energy and anticipation of the new century. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Two accompaniments are available (1) without repeats and (2) with repeats playing back at a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Romantic Piece No.1 arr. oboe & piano

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to Show More...

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to being played by a number of solo instruments although its origins are as a violin and piano piece. It dates from early 1887. In this arrangement for oboe accompanied by piano there is considerable dynamic detail and any performance needs to reference this aspect of the score detail. The tempo of the playback of the realisation is 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This is an excellent piece for oboe players keen to improve their tone and legato playing as it has a very song like and melodic character. Great space is created in the accompaniment figuration which has an almost Bach quality whilst the harmonic language and at times the texture clearly belong to the late 19th century. The music editor suggested pedalling is in place for parts of the movement with the pedalling effectively changing every time the bass note is changed. The repeats are not played in the realisation. There are some octave transpositions in the arrangement needed to keep the clarinet within its range. Antonín Dvorák is described as Czech composer with his work incorporating rhythms and musical features of folk music from Moravia and his native Bohemia. Like many of his contemporaries of the late romantic era who lived on what were considered to be, at the time, the peripheries of Europe, he is often described as a nationalist composer. Dvorák’s compositional style is influenced by Brahms although his works have a very individual style possessing a great sense of energy and anticipation of the new century. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Two accompaniments are available (1) with repeats and (2) without repeats playing back at a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Romantic Piece No.1 arr. flute & piano

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to Show More...

A simply beautiful piece of music of chamber music possibly deserving of a more inspiring title than simply Romantic Piece No. 1 Opus 75 but suited to being played by a number of solo instruments although its origins are as a violin and piano piece. It dates from early 1887. In this arrangement for flute accompanied by piano there is considerable dynamic detail and any performance needs to reference this aspect of the score detail. The tempo of the playback in the realisation is 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. This is an excellent piece for flute players keen to improve their tone and legato playing as it has a very song like and melodic character. Great space is created in the accompaniment figuration which has an almost Bach quality whilst the harmonic language and at times the texture clearly belong to the late 19th century. The music editor suggested pedalling for the whole movement is in place with the pedalling effectively changing every time the bass note is changed. The repeats are not played in the realisation. There are some octave transpositions in the arrangement needed to keep the flute within its range. Antonín Dvorák is described as Czech composer with his work incorporating rhythms and musical features of folk music from Moravia and his native Bohemia. Like many of his contemporaries of the late romantic era who lived on what were considered to be, at the time, the peripheries of Europe, he is often described as a nationalist composer. Dvorák’s compositional style is influenced by Brahms although his works have a very individual style possessing a great sense of energy and anticipation of the new century. A flute part is appended to the full score. Two accompaniments are available (1) with repeats and (2) without repeats playing back at a tempo of 104 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. marimba & piano

An arrangement for pitched percussion (marimba) and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section pl Show More...

An arrangement for pitched percussion (marimba) and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Accompanying pianists have a number of different techniques that they can develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the oboe melody line. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. A marimba part is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/112/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/108/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. cello & piano

An arrangement for violoncello and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a t Show More...

An arrangement for violoncello and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Accompanying pianists have a number of different techniques that they can develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the oboe melody line. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. A violoncello part is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/112/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/108/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. violin & piano

An arrangement for violin and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo Show More...

An arrangement for violin and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Accompanying pianists have a number of different techniques that they can develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the oboe melody line. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. A violin part is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/112/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/108/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. trombone & piano

An arrangement for trombone and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a temp Show More...

An arrangement for trombone and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 66 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 108 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Pianists have a number of different techniques that they develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the trombone melody. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. A trombone part is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/112/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/108/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

An arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a Show More...

An arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 66 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 108 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Pianists have a number of different techniques that they develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the trumpet melody. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/112/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/108/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. bassoon & piano

An arrangement for bassoon and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo Show More...

An arrangement for bassoon and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Pianists have a number of different techniques that they can develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the bassoon melody. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. A bassoon part is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/112/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/108/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. tenor saxophone & piano

An arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at Show More...

An arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Pianists have a number of different techniques that they can develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the tenor saxophone melody line. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/112/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/108/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. alto saxophone & piano

An arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at Show More...

An arrangement for alto saxophone and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Pianists have a number of different techniques that they can develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the alto saxophone melody line. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/108/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/112/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. oboe & piano

An arrangement for oboe and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of Show More...

An arrangement for oboe and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Pianists have a number of different techniques that they develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the oboe melody line. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. An oboe part is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/108/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/112/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. flute & piano

An arrangement for flute and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo o Show More...

An arrangement for flute and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a spirited sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Accompanying pianists have a number of different techniques that they can develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. Additionally, it is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The score detail relating to the use of the sustaining pedal possibly needs clarifying in that what is possibly required is not always indicated. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/112/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/112/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Norwegian Dance No.2 arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

An arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at Show More...

An arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano of this charming character piece. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. The music has a regular 4 bar phrase structure and there are some chromatic elements in the writing. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and although concisely written there is plenty of contrast. It is an excellent performance piece with the opening melodic shape having an almost teasing quality. There is always a sense of movement in Grieg’s writing and the ranges of colour in his harmonic writing make his music eminently suitable to being played by many different combinations of instruments. Pianists have a number of different techniques that they can develop when playing this piece including legato, staccato, accents, tenuto, spread chords, crossing over of hands and using the sustaining and sostenuto pedal. It is a very good piece for developing octave playing. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the piano chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. Grieg lived at a time when there was much development in piano technique and the quality of pianos improved greatly during his lifetime with the introduction of iron framed instruments. The humour in the music also invites an exaggerated performance although not featured in the realisation. Players should listen to performances to form their own view and explore different approaches to interpreting the music. Where appropriate some octave transpositions have been incorporated into the clarinet melody line. As is the case with music from this period the sheet music copy has a considerable amount of score detail. Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was fortunate in being able to access several folk music collections and much of this collected material was incorporated into arrangements and compositions. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full sheet music score. Piano accompaniments are available with the following tempo options (1) 68/112/68 (2) 66/112/66 (3) 64/108/64. Numbers indicate the quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute for the ABA sections respectively. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. viola & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 57 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A viola part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. violin & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for tuba with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 57 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A violin part transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Norwegian Dance No. 2 arr. piano duet

Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in Show More...

Grieg’s Norwegian Dance No.2 was published in 1880 as a piano duet or more correctly music for piano four hands. Piano duets were a very popular in the late 19th century and much music would appear in this format. Grieg was very fortunate in that he was able to source several folk music collections on which to compose and arrange music. This movement is in ABA ternary form with the A section playing back at a tempo of 68 quarter note beats to the minute in the realisation and the faster B section at 112 quarter note beats to the minute. There is opportunity for some subtle changes in tempo particularly at the ends of sections and these feature in the realisations. The sustaining pedal needs to be used in the playing of the movement and many of the chords are played in a spread or arpeggiated pattern. The melodic and rhythmic shapes of the movement are both strong and this is an excellent performance piece. There are also many arrangements of the piece to be explored for various combinations of instruments. The accompaniment downloads available enable players to enjoy an ensemble music experience playing either the Primo or Secondo parts. The Primo part sounds on the one channel of the stereo signal and the Secondo part sounds on the other. Accompaniment 1 plays at 68 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and 112 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute for the faster section, Accompaniment 2 at 66 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and 108 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute for the faster section, Accompaniment 3 at 64 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and 104 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute for the faster section There is a four bar count in featuring two different sounds of a wood block. When performing printing two pages of music onto one side of A4 offers a very practical solution for players. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. tuba & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for tuba with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A tuba part transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. trombone & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of F. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A trombone part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. tenor horn & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for tenor horn with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of F. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A tenor horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. horn in F (French horn) & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for horn in F (French horn) with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A horn in F (French horn) appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. bassoon & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A bassoon part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. tenor saxophone & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. alto saxophone & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. soprano saxophone & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need Show More...

Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment sounds in the key of F. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. clarinet in A & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment is in the key of A. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A clarinet in A part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. English horn & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for English horn with piano accompaniment is in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane pour une infante défuncte arr. oboe & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both a legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for oboe with piano accompaniment is in the key of G. The pavane has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composer’s own language has also been retained in the language used in the score. The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavan pour une infante défuncte arr. flute & piano

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was populari Show More...

The origins of the music are as a piano piece composed in 1899 when Ravel was studying with Fauré. It exists in several arrangements and was popularised as a piano piece by the Spanish pianist Ricardo Viñes. Players should be aiming for both legato and beauty of tone in their playing. The music editor suggests an initial tempo of 63 quarter note beats to the minute in the first instance and as confidence and competence grows possibly slowing the tempo. The aspect of performing music at the correct tempo in a slow piece is quite challenging for players. This is quite a full arrangement for the solo player. However because of its sectional structure A (12 bars) B (7 bars) B’ (8 bars) A’ (12 bars) C (10 bars )C’ (10 bars) A’’ (13 bars). It becomes an easy matter to shorten the arrangement by simply omitting some of the repeating sections. Players may wish to advise the PlentyMusic Office of some fine tuning that the arrangement requires in respect to its playability. If there is a need for some cut down or shortened accompaniments please again advise the PlentyMusic Office and these will be made available. There are several arrangements of this music in existence and the intention of this one has been to keep as close to the original piano score as possible. This arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment is in the key of G. The Pavan has its origins as an Italian 16th century slow stately dance. Referencing past musical forms in their works became popular among Ravel’s contemporaries including Debussy. The cue sized decorative notes can be omitted whilst the piece in the early stages of studying the piece.The realisation plays back at a tempo of 60 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute and there are opportunities for give and take in the tempo particularly at the end of phrases. This is an ambitious and complete arrangement Ravel’s piece. Time does need to be spent understanding the musical texture and the lines of music. The composers own language has also been retained in the language used in the score The chromatic sections require careful study in terms of the notes to be played whilst the phrase endings often explore parallel movement in a characteristic sweep. Ravel frequently avoids the use of thirds in final chords of sections. The barring that is in place is to help the player to make the rhythmic connections in the movement. Performers should listen to a number of different performances played by different instruments to get a good overview of how the music can be best performed. The bold ending is a very characteristic feature of the original piano score and the suggestion is that it should be retained. The use of the piano sustaining pedal markings are not indicated in the score but its use is required. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of 1=63, 2=60 and 3=57 quarter note beats to the minute. A flute part is appended to the full score. Close

Shenandoah arr. cello & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement is for violoncello accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a violoncello part is appended to the full score. Close

Shenandoah arr. violin & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement is for violin accompanied by piano with the violinist having the option of playing the repeat at the octave. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a violin part is appended to the full score. Close

Shenandoah arr. tuba & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s.The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in Eb is for tuba accompanied by piano. The tuba player also has the option of playing the repeat an octave higher. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a tuba part is appended to the full score. Close

Shenandoah arr. trombone & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in Eb is for trombone accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a trombone part is appended to the full score. There are 4 piano accompaniments in place playing at 82, 84, 86 and 88 quarter note beats to the minute. Close

Shenandoah arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in Eb is for trumpet in Bb accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Shenandoah arr. French horn & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in F is for a Horn in F (French horn) accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a horn in F (French horn) part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Shenandoah arr. baritone saxophone & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in Eb is for baritone saxophone accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a baritone saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Accompaniments are in place playing at 82, 84, 86 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. A click track introduction is not necessary. This is an excellent piece to develop tonal quality and legato playing. Close

Shenandoah arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in Eb is for tenor saxophone accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Accompaniments are in place playing at 82, 84, 86 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. A click track introduction is not necessary. This is an excellent piece to develop tonal quality and legato playing. Close

Shenandoah arr. alto saxophone & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. This arrangement sounding in Eb is for alto saxophone accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and an alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Accompaniments are in place playing at 82, 84, 86 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. A click track introduction is not necessary. This is an excellent piece to develop tonal quality and legato playing. Close

Shenandoah arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in Eb is for soprano saxophone accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Accompaniments are in place playing at 82, 84, 86 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. A click track introduction is not necessary. This is an excellent piece to develop tonal quality and legato playing. Close

Shenandoah arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in Eb is for clarinet in Bb accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Accompaniments are in place playing at 82, 84, 86 and 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats per minute. A click track introduction is not necessary. This is an excellent piece to develop tonal quality and legato playing. Close

Shenandoah arr. English horn & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement sounding in D is for English horn accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and an English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Shenandoah arr. oboe & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement is for oboe accompanied by piano. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and an oboe part is appended to the full score. Close

Shenandoah arr. flute & piano

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea Show More...

Shenandoah is a traditional American folk song dating from the 19th century. The song exists in many forms and arrangements becoming popular as a sea shanty in the 1800’s. The beautiful yet powerful melody is suited to being both sung and played as an instrumental. The melody is also quite expansive and clearly open to different interpretations. This arrangement is for flute accompanied by piano with the flautist having the option of playing the repeat an octave higher. The playback tempo is 84 quarter note beats to the minute and a flute part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also in place. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. French horn & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The word barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for horn in F with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A horn in F part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. trumpet in Flat & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The word barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. baritone horn & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for baritone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A baritone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. trombone & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The word barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A trombone part is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. tuba & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for tuba with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A tuba part is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. tenor horn & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 60 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for tenor horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A tenor horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr.cello & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” feature several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for violoncello with piano accompaniment the sounding key is G. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A violoncello part is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. viola & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” feature several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for viola with piano accompaniment the sounding key is D. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A viola part is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. violin & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for tenor horn with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A violin part is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. bassoon & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. baritone saxophone & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet)beats to the minute. In this arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A baritone saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. tenor saxophone & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for tenor saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. alto saxophone & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The word barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is Eb. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. soprano saxophone & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for clarinet in Bb with piano accompaniment the sounding key is F. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should be aiming for a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. An clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. English horn & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment the sounding key is D. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should aim to play with both a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. oboe & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment the sounding key is G. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should aim to play with both a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Close

La biondina in gondoleta arr. flute & piano

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expres Show More...

The origins of this piece are as a Venetian song about gondolas (boats) and gondoliers (those steering and propelling the boats). Themes often expressed by gondoliers do tend to be about the romantic side of life. The words barcarola or barcarolle are used to describe the folk songs sung by Venetian gondoliers and they are usually in 6/8 time and played at a moderate (lilting) tempo featuring a rhythmic pattern reminiscent of the gondolier’s oar stroke. Romantic composers were particularly fond of composing barcarolles and Mendelssohn’s “Song without Words” features several. This is an improver level arrangement with the realisation playing back at a tempo of 63 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. The repeat is played sounding an octave higher. In this arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment the sounding key is G. This is an excellent performance piece because the melody is appealing and familiar. Players should aim to play with both a lightness in their approach and a legato in their playing. Time spent listening to recordings of this melody particularly by singers will help players learn how to approach a musical performance. Accompaniments are also available at tempos of 66, 63 and 60 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) beats to the minute. A flute part is appended to the full score. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. piano in D

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for solo piano or keyboard in the key of D. The challenge for the piano/keyboard player is to keep the melody Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for solo piano or keyboard in the key of D. The challenge for the piano/keyboard player is to keep the melody line singing out over the accompaniment. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist keyboard player is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. Chords have also been indicated in the score as is the convention in popular music. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. violin & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for violin and piano in the key of D. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for violin and piano in the key of D. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A violin part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. marimba & piano in C

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for pitched percussion (a marimba sounds in the realisation) and piano in the key of C. The playback tempo is Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for pitched percussion (a marimba sounds in the realisation) and piano in the key of C. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A marimba part is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is also available. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. marimba & piano in D

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for pitched percussion (a marimba sounds in the realisation) and piano in the key of D. The playback tempo is Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for pitched percussion (a marimba sounds in the realisation) and piano in the key of D. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A marimba part is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is available. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. trombone & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for trombone and piano sounding in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the min Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for trombone and piano sounding in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A trombone part is appended to the full score whilst piano accompaniments are in place. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. baritone horn & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for baritone and piano sounding in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the min Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for baritone and piano sounding in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A baritone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score and there is a piano accomanpiment available. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for trombone and piano sounding in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the min Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for trombone and piano sounding in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is in place. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. tenor saxophone & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for tenor saxophone and piano sounding in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for tenor saxophone and piano sounding in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score whilst a piano accompaniment is also available. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. alto saxophone & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is in place. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. soprano saxophone & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score and an accompaniment is in place. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano in the key of F. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available. Close

When The Saints Go Marching In arr. flute & piano

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for flute and piano in the key of C. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst t Show More...

When The Saints Go Marching In arranged for flute and piano in the key of C. The playback tempo is 100 half note or minim beats to the minute whilst the music is notated in cut time. Repeats are in place in the accompaniments which play at 92, 96, 100, 104, and 108 half notes or minim beats to the minute.Traditional American music songs such as “When The Saints Go Marching In” are excellent pieces for developing an understanding of the style elements associated with the performance of 20th century popular music. There is opportunity for players to explore the arrangement - the bass line played by the pianist is open to being played with some rhythmic variation particularly during the playing of the repeat sections. Many melodies and lyrics that are recognised as spirituals are often a synthesis of several songs that had their origins as work songs before, during and after the American Civil War. Songs sung from the 1850’s and onwards were perhaps published around 1918 and then first recorded in the 1920’s. The history of the song is well documented and many there are performances to be discovered embracing a range of styles and different types of performing group. A flute part is appended to the full score and piano accompaniments are available. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. cello & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A violoncello part is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. viola & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A viola part is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. violin & piano

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a th Show More...

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A violin part is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. tuba & piano

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a th Show More...

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A tuba part is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. tenor horn & piano

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a th Show More...

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A tenor horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. baritone horn & piano

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a th Show More...

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 53 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A baritone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. arr. trombone & piano

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a th Show More...

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A trombone part is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a th Show More...

Paisiello was an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A trumpet part is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. French horn & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 56 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A horn in F (French horn) part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. baritone saxophone & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A baritone saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. bassoon & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. alto saxophone & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores . Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. English horn & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. oboe & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is not played in the playback score but is in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores. Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Close

Nel cor più non mi sento arr. flute & piano

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melod Show More...

Paisiello was known as an opera composer and his best known melody “Nel cor più mi sento” is from his opera La Molinara. Beethoven used the melody as a theme for a set of piano variations in his Works without opus number 70 (WoO70). Paisiello became a Naples based composer contemporary with Cimararosa and Piccini although he was always very jealous of any rivals work wherever he worked and this included Paris, for Napoleon and St. Petersburg for Catherine II. Naples in the 18th and early 19th century was an important musical centre with the San Carlo Opera Theatre opening in 1737. There are many tunes from the past that are worthy of being re-discovered and this arrangement is intended for improver level instrumentalists. Bar 26 has been re written as a 9/8 bar simply to clarify how the ornaments should be played. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 54 dotted quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute and accompaniments are available at this and two other tempi (1 = 56, 2 = 54 and 3 = 52 dotted quarter note beats to the bar). The repeat is played at the octave in the playback score and also in the accompaniment track. The Italian term Adagio has been used to describe the tempo in the sheet music scores . Note that the pause markings are ignored in the accompaniments but for those musicians playing with a pianist there is an opportunity to pause on the indicated sheet music markings and even create a break in the music. The movement does need to be played with a clear sense of pulse and rhythmic awareness whilst ornaments need to be played with rhythmic clarity. Aspiring composers may well be challenged to compose some variations as a composition study. You are always welcome to send a copy of your work to the PlentyMusic office for an opinion! This piece of music can competently played by an improver level student and is suited to being played by most instruments. The music editor also suggests listening to performances by singers who often approach the repeat with great freedom and further embellish the music. This is not necessarily to imitate but to learn about how to perform music. The advice to any young performer is to always have the confidence to make the piece your own. The accompanist also has the option of experimenting with the articulations particularly if the intention is to create the sound of pizzicato strings. A flute part is appended to the full score. Close

The Happy Farmer arr. tuba & piano

A movement from Schumann’s “Album for the Young” Opus 68 (1848) which was composed at a very happy time in his life.This is a very uplifting mov Show More...

A movement from Schumann’s “Album for the Young” Opus 68 (1848) which was composed at a very happy time in his life.This is a very uplifting movement with a tempo of 110 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute used in this arrangement for tuba accompanied by the piano. The solo part is appended to the piano score. There is a two bar click count in on the accompaniment track. Accompaniments are in place playing at 108,110 and 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in sounding on the woodblocks. Close

The Happy Farmer arr. viola & piano

A movement from Schumann’s “Album for the Young” Opus 68 (1848) which was composed at a very happy time in his life.This is a very uplifting mov Show More...

A movement from Schumann’s “Album for the Young” Opus 68 (1848) which was composed at a very happy time in his life.This is a very uplifting movement with a tempo of 110 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute used in this arrangement for viola accompanied by the piano. The solo part is appended to the piano score. There is a two bar click count in on the accompaniment track. Accompaniments are in place playing at 108, 110 and 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in sounding on the woodblocks. Close

The Happy Farmer arr. cello & piano

A movement from Schumann’s “Album for the Young” Opus 68 (1848) which was composed at a very happy time in his life. This is a very uplifting mo Show More...

A movement from Schumann’s “Album for the Young” Opus 68 (1848) which was composed at a very happy time in his life. This is a very uplifting movement with a tempo of 110 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute used in this arrangement for cello accompanied by the piano. The solo part is also appended to the piano score. There is a two bar click count in on the accompaniment track. Close

The Happy Farmer arr. alto saxophone & piano

A movement from Schumann’s “Album for the Young” Opus 68 (1848) which was composed at a very happy time in his life. This is a very uplifting mo Show More...

A movement from Schumann’s “Album for the Young” Opus 68 (1848) which was composed at a very happy time in his life. This is a very uplifting movement with a tempo of 110 quarter note beats (crotchet) to the minute used in this arrangement for alto saxophone accompanied by the piano. The solo part is appended to the piano score. There is a two bar click introduction to the accompaniment. Accompaniments are in place playing at 108, 110 and 112 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. There is a two bar count in sounding on the woodblocks. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. cello & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A violoncello part is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. viola & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A viola part is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. violin & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A violin part is appended to the full score and a piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. tenor horn & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A tenor horn part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. baritone horn & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A baritone horn part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. trombone & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A trombone part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A trumpet in Bb part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. French horn & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A horn in F (French horn) appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. bassoon & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is also available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. tenor saxophone & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. An tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. alto saxophone & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. soprano saxophone & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. English horn & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. oboe & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. An oboe part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this arrangement. Close

The Last Rose of Summer arr. flute & piano

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accom Show More...

This traditional Irish melody associated with the early 19th poem written by Thomas Moore is suited to being played by a solo instrument with an accompaniment as a concert item. The melody is quite evocative and needs to be played with sensitivity and an awareness of phrasing. There are many melodic variants as often is the case with folk music. Players need to aim for a beautiful legato and may wish to omit the small ornamental notes. There is the option of playing the repeat at the octave. A flute part is appended to the full score. A piano accompaniment is available for this score. Close

The Prophet Bird arr. violin & piano

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “ Show More...

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “Bird of Prophet” or “The Prophet Bird.” It is an impressive piece in ABA (ternary form) and has been arranged for violin and piano. The tempo indication in German is Langsam, sehr zart which translates as Slowly, very tenderly. The music has a haunting quality and offers challenges for both for the violinist and accompanist making it a very good test piece. The playback in the realisation is a little on the tense side and does not explore tempo rubato which at this time was an aspect of performance practice. Poise and control are needed in a performance whilst all the shapes need to be practiced for accuracy and shape. This is a music score that offers many challenges to players. The tempo in the realisation is 60 quarter note beats although there is opportunity to slow down at the end of phrases. The trill has been written out on an ossia stave in the sheet music score. The sustaining pedal has been indicated in the score but minimal use is suggested. This is a work that challenges the performers to make it their own in the sense that from the first note to the last both the players and the listeners must be captivated. It is a piece where it very easy for the music to be lost on the journey of a performance. It is important for players have a clear understanding of the rhythmic notation and intention - 3 thirty-second notes (demisemiquavers) are to be played in the time of one sixteenth note (or semiquaver). The music editor suggests that at the end of bar 18 the tempo is slowed and again at the end of bar 23 before the return to Tempo I at bar 25. This arrangement keeps as close to Schumann’s score copy as possible. A violin part is appended to the full score. Close

The Prophet Bird arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “ Show More...

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “Bird of Prophet” or “The Prophet Bird.” It is an impressive piece in ABA (Ternary form) and has been arranged for clarinet in Bb and piano sounding in C minor. There are a few octave transpositions in the piano part. The tempo indication in German is Langsam, sehr zart which translates as Slowly, very tenderly. The music has a haunting quality and offers challenges for both for the clarinet player and accompanist making it a very good test piece. The playback in the realisation is a little on the tense side and does not explore tempo rubato which at this time was an aspect of performance practice. Poise and control are needed in a performance whilst all the shapes need to be practiced for accuracy and shape. This is a music score that offers many challenges to players. The tempo in the realisation is 60 quarter note beats although there is opportunity to slow down at the end of phrases. The trill has been written out on an ossia stave in the sheet music score. The sustaining pedal has been indicated in the score but minimal use is suggested. This is a work that challenges the performers to make it their own in the sense that from the first note to the last both the players and the listeners must be captivated. It is a piece where it very easy for the music to be lost on the journey of a performance. It is important for players have a clear understanding of the rhythmic notation and intention - 3 thirty-second notes (demisemiquavers) are to be played in the time of one sixteenth note (or semiquaver). The music editor suggests that at the end of bar 18 the tempo is slowed and again at the end of bar 23 before the return to Tempo I at bar 25. This arrangement keeps as close to Schumann’s score copy as possible. A clarinet in Bb part is appended to the full score. Close

The Prophet Bird arr. flute & piano

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “ Show More...

This piece comes from Robert Schumann’s piano collection Waldscenen Opus 82 and dates from 1849. The title “Vogel als Prophet” translates as “Bird of Prophet” or “The Prophet Bird.” It is an impressive piece in ABA (Ternary form) and has been arranged for flute and piano. There are a few octave transpositions in the flute part simply needed to keep the melody within the instrument’s range. The tempo indication in German is Langsam, sehr zart which translates as Slowly, very tenderly. The music has a haunting quality and offers challenges for both for the flautist and accompanist making it a very good test piece. The playback in the realisation is a little on the tense side and does not explore tempo rubato which at this time was an aspect of performance practice. Poise and control are needed in a performance whilst all the shapes need to be practiced for accuracy and shape. This is a music score that offers many challenges to players. The tempo in the realisation is 60 quarter note beats although there is opportunity to slow down at the end of phrases. The trill has been written out on an ossia stave in the sheet music score. The sustaining pedal has been indicated in the score but minimal use is suggested. This is a work that challenges the performers to make it their own in the sense that from the first note to the last both the players and the listeners must be captivated. It is a piece where it very easy for the music to be lost on the journey of a performance. It is important for players have a clear understanding of the rhythmic notation and intention - 3 thirty-second notes (demisemiquavers) are to be played in the time of one sixteenth note (or semiquaver). The music editor suggests that at the end of bar 18 the tempo is slowed and again at the end of bar 23 before the return to Tempo I at bar 25. This arrangement keeps as close to Schumann’s score copy as possible. A flute part is appended to the full score. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. baritone & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A baritone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score although it is a tuba sound heard in the recording. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. tenor horn & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A tenor horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score although it is a tuba sound heard in the recording. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. violin & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realization is played at 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A violin part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. cello & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realization is played at 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A violoncello part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. trombone & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A trombone part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. French horn & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A horn in F (French horn) part is appended to the full music score and there is an alternative ending on the ossia stave. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For a duo to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A trumpet in Bb part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. bassoon & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A bassoon part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. tenor saxophone & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. alto saxophone & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. English horn & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. oboe & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. An oboe part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Pieds-en-l’air arr. flute & piano

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires a Show More...

This is an excellent piece for developing legato playing and instrument tone. It is also a good test piece because a successful performance requires an awareness of the modal influence that exists in the lines of the music evident in the conflicting accidentals that feature in the score. For an ensemble to play this piece perfectly in tune is quite a challenge because it requires the participants to be aware of each other’s part and rôle. The time signature is also a bit unusual but think of it as three groups of 3 whilst the tempo of the realisation is 132 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Rhythmically there are one or two moments that need attention particularly in the inner parts and the voice leading is at times quite challenging to follow. A flute part is appended to the full music score. Peter Warlock’s career was sadly a short lived one but he did make some important contributions to the repertoire including the Capriol Suite from which this particular movement is taken. He was very interested in folk and Elizabethan music and used the name Warlock as a pseudonym for his composition work. He was a close friend of Delius and also worked as a music journalist using his real name which was Philip Heseltine. Warlock’s particular interest in music was in discovering and exploring the modal quality of English music through its folk song and its Elizabethan vocal music. The Capriol Suite captures what could be described as a neo-Elizabethan idiom and spirit quite perfectly and it is well worth listening to the whole work played in its orchestral arrangement. Warlock’s was in many ways an unfulfilled life but it is evident in both his instrumental and vocal music that he had a quite exceptional musical ear and a true understanding of English music. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. French horn & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. It has been transposed down a tone from the original version. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases in the rubato sections and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composers own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A horn in F part (French horn) appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. viola & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases in the rubato sections and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composer’s own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk style music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A viola part is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. violin & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases in the rubato sections and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composer’s own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk style music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A violin part is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. baritone & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. It is a tone lower than the piano original and the Vivo sections have been transposed down an octave. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal but this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composers own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A baritone part is appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. alto saxophone & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections.In the Vivo, non rubato sections the music has been transposed down an octave. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal but this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composers own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. An alto saxophone part is appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. The music editor is aware that the range of the piece is right at the top end of the register for the alto saxophone and would be very interested in receiving feedback about the arrangements practicality and suitability in performance. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in Transylvania arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces although it has been transposed down a tone. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music by exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in all clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music it nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 76 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 132 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. The realisation lacks a little rhythmic flexibility at the ends of phrases in the rubato sections and the music editor suggests that listening to a number of performances will be helpful in coming to an understanding of how this music should be performed. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated through the entirety of the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composer’s own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A clarinet on Bb appropriately transposed is appended to the music score. Close

Evening in the Transylvania arr. flute & piano

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Show More...

This piece known as Evening in Transylvania and also Evening in the Village (Este a székelyeknél) is from the composer’s piano collection Ten Easy Pieces. There are two original melodies one played slowly with rubato and the other played quickly and in strict time. Essentially whilst working in the folk music idiom Bártok remains loyal to the classical principles of contrast in music exploring two different ideas. Bártok is always very precise about the articulations that he requires in his music and players need to take notice of the dynamics which are notated in both clefs. The rhythmic purpose of his music is always very strong and whilst delivery of the melody needs to be quite fluid in the rubato section the music nevertheless needs to be delivered with a strong sense of pulse. From bar 42 the music texturally is notated and conceived in four parts. In the realisation the tempo is 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats in the lento rubato sections and 144 quarter note (crotchet beats) beats in the Vivo, non rubato sections. Accompanists will want to make use of the sustaining pedal but this has not been indicated in the score although the music editor suggests minimal use as modern instruments are tonally much stronger that those of the composers own time. Bártok considered the piano to be a percussion instrument as a composer and many of his folk music arrangements explore the modal element that is so characteristic of folk music and his accompaniments make use of ostinatos. Bártok is one of the greatest 20th century composers and made a significant contribution to the repertoire. As a composer he worked on small canvasses as well as large ones and frequently ideas were transferred from the small to the large. This particular piece was transcribed by the composer into the first of his Hungarian Sketches for orchestra. He was Hungarian by birth and was important collector of folk music and one of the founders of the relatively new subject of ethnomusicology. He has something in common with Schubert in that both of them were very creative towards the end of their lives. Bártok left Europe in 1940 to settle in the U.S.A. but his health declined and he died from leukaemia in 1945 sadly before many of his concert hall works had become well known and recognised as great works. Rubato is defined as the temporary disregarding of strict tempo to allow an expressive quickening or slowing down, usually without altering the overall pace. It is a playing approach particularly associated with the music of Chopin. A flute part is appended to the music score Close

Neapolitan Song arr. soprano saxophone & piano

This is an arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dan Show More...

This is an arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes of some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realization is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. The first note of the soprano saxophone part is only sounded on the repeat and some performers also cut out 4 beats in the link between bars 10 and 11. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. A soprano saxophone part is appended to the full music score in the pdf download. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. alto saxophone & piano

This is an arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances Show More...

This is an arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes of some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realization is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. The first note of the alto saxophone part is only sounded on the repeat and some performers cut out 4 beats in the link between bars 10 and 11. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full music score in the pdf download. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. tenor horn & piano

This is an arrangement for tenor horn with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Show More...

This is an arrangement for tenor horn with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes of some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realisation is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. The first note of the tenor horn part is only sounded on the repeat and some performers cut out 4 beats in the link between bars 9 and 10. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. A tenor horn part is appended to the full music score in the pdf download. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. flute & piano

This is an arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act I Show More...

This is an arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes of some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realisation is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. There is the option of playing the repeat an octave higher than written and the first note of the flute part is only sounded on the repeat. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. A flute part is appended to the full music score in the pdf download. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. bassoon & piano

This is an arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act Show More...

This is an arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes of some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realisation is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. The first note of the bassoon part is only sounded on the repeat. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. A bassoon part is appended to the full music score in the pdf download. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. trombone & piano

This is an arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Ac Show More...

This is an arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes of some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realization is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. The first note of the trombone part is only sounded on the repeat. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. A trombone part is appended to the full music score in the pdf download. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. tuba & piano

This is an arrangement for tuba with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act II Show More...

This is an arrangement for tuba with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes of some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realization is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. The first note of the tuba part is only sounded on the repeat and some performers cut out 4 beats in the link between bars 9 and 10. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. A tuba part is appended to the full music score in the pdf downloaded a piano accompaniment is also available. Close

Neapolitan Song arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

This is an arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances Show More...

This is an arrangement for trumpet in Bb with piano accompaniment of Tchaikovsky’s Neapolitan Dance also familiar as a theme from one of the dances in Act III of Swan Lake. The musical material is very similar to that found in Tchaikovsky’s Children’s Album although the music has been arranged in 4/4 time and has a repeat whilst the piano accompaniment includes of some of the orchestral music countermelodies from Swan Lake. The tempo of the first section Allegro moderato in the realization is at 96 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minutes and for the Molto piu mosso section the tempo is 110 quarter note beats to the minutes. Often performers choose a slower tempo for the slower section and a faster one for the faster section. The first note of the trumpet part is only sounded on the repeat and some performers cut out 4 beats in the link between bars 9 and 10. In the repeat there is additional instruction to accelerate towards the end of the movement but the music editor advises against this until the piece is known thoroughly by the soloist and well rehearsed with the accompanist. The accompanist may wish to edit the playing of the introduction by omitting the left hand chords and playing the octave lead in with separate hands or even more simply by starting at bar 5. A trumpet part is appended to the full music score and a piano accompaniment is available to download. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. marimba & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in 19th century urban Rio de Janeiro (Chorinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar with 4 strings known as the cavaquino which may have either play a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece of music. A marimba part is appended to the full score. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. cello & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in C19th Rio de Janeiro (Chôrinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this style of music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar originally from Portugal with 4 strings known as the cavaquino or Portuguese ukulele which may play either a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece of music. Some performers play the repeat of the C section at the octave as indicated in the score but this is optional. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. violin & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A and understood to be in rondo form. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in 19th century urban Rio de Janeiro (Chorinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar with 4 strings known as the cavaquino which may have either play a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece of music. A violin part is appended to the full score. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. bassoon & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 88 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in 19th century urban Rio de Janeiro (Chorinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar with 4 strings known as the cavaquino which may have either play a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 88 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in 19th century urban Rio de Janeiro (Chorinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar with 4 strings known as the cavaquino which may have either play a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece. Some performers play the repeat of the C section at the octave as indicated in the score but this is optional. An soprano saxophone part is appended to the full score. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 88 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in 19th century urban Rio de Janeiro (Chorinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar with 4 strings known as the cavaquino which may have either play a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece. A tenor saxophone part is appended to the full score. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. alto saxophone & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 88 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in 19th century urban Rio de Janeiro (Chorinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar with 4 strings known as the cavaquino which may have either play a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece. Some performers play the repeat of the C section at the octave as indicated in the score but this is optional. An alto saxophone part is appended to the full score. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. oboe & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 88 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in 19th century urban Rio de Janeiro (Chorinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar with 4 strings known as the cavaquino which may have either play a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. flute & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 92 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in 19th century urban Rio de Janeiro (Chorinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar with 4 strings known as the cavaquino which may have either play a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece. Some performers play the repeat of the C section at the octave as indicated in the score but this is optional. A flute part is appended to the full score. Close

Sururú na Cidade arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can Show More...

Zequinha Abreu was a Brazilian musician and composer and Sururú na Cidade translates as Sururú in the City. The rondo form of Sururú na Cidade can be summarised as Intro A B B A C C A. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 88 quarter note beats to the minute and the repeats are played. The music of Brazil is a fascinating mix of European and African cultures with the Choro or Lament instrumental style having its origins in 19th century urban Rio de Janeiro (Chorinho = Little Lament). Whilst the inference of the title suggests a style that is sad, pieces can often have a fast and happy rhythms with syncopation, modulations and counterpoint. There are also particularly instruments associated with the performance of this music namely the flute, guitar and a small type of guitar with 4 strings known as the cavaquino which may have either play a melody or a chord rhythm. From the sheet music point of view this is a very concisely notated piece. From bar 38 there is the option of playing the repeat of the C section at the octave as indicated in the score. A clarinet part is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. bassoon & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of F and plays at a tempo of 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. tenor saxophone & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of Eb and plays at a tempo of 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. alto saxophone & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of Eb and plays at a tempo of 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. soprano saxophone & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of F and plays at a tempo of 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. English horn & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of D and plays at a tempo of 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. An English horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. oboe & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847 who had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847 who had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst the realisation sounds in the key of F and plays at a tempo of 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. flute & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847 who had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847 who had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb and the realisation sounds in the key of G and plays at a tempo of 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. An individual flute part is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. tuba & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation also sounds in the key of Eb and plays at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A tuba part is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. trombone & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation also sounds in the key of Eb and plays at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A trombone part is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. French horn & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation also sounds in the key of Eb and plays at a tempo of 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A horn in F (French horn) part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. trumpet in Bb & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation also sounds in the key of Eb and plays at a tempo of 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A trumpet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. cello & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of D and plays at a tempo of 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A cello part is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. violin & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of D and plays at a tempo of 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A violin part is appended to the full score. Close

No Bailes Más! (Dance No More) arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling Show More...

Ignacio Cervantes was a Cuban composer born in the capital city of Havana in 1847. He had piano lessons with Louis Moreau Gottschalk before travelling to Paris to further his music studies with Charles Valentin Alkan amongst others. This piece originates as a piano solo in the key of Eb whilst this realisation sounds in the key of Eb and plays at a tempo of 88 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Many performers play through the piece twice although no repeat signs are indicated in the score. Much of Cervantes piano music is well suited to being played by a variety of instrument combinations as they are well crafted and have great musical appeal. The habanera rhythmic shape features strongly. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. cello & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style & at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arra Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style & at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for violoncello and piano is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played & performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A violoncello part is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. violin & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style & at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arra Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style & at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for violoncello and piano is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played & performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A violin part is appended to the full score whilst the player has the option of performing the repeat of the chorus at the octave. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano (Eb)

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano sounding in the key of Eb is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A trumpet in Bb appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. euphonium & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for euphonium and piano sounding in Eb is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a more contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A euphonium part notated in the bass clef is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. baritone horn & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for baritone horn and piano sounding in Eb is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a more contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if is an possible to recruit a percussion player. A baritone horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. trombone & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for trombone and piano in the key of F is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A trombone part is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. tenor horn & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for tenor and piano is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A tenor horn part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano (F)

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for trumpet in Bb and piano sounding in the key of F is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A trumpet in Bb appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. French horn & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for horn in F (French horn) and piano is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A horn in F part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. bassoon & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style & at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arra Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style & at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for bassoon and piano sounding in the key of G is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played & performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played in the realisation. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. tenor saxophone & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for tenor saxophone and piano sounding in the key of F is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played in the realisation. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A tenor saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. alto saxophone & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for alto saxophone and piano sounding in the key of F is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played in the realisation. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. soprano saxophone & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for soprano saxophone and piano sounding in the key of F is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played in the realisation. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. bass clarinet & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for bass clarinet and piano is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played in the realisation. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A bass clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The sounding key is F. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for clarinet in Bb and piano is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played in the realisation. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The sounding key is F and there are piano accompaniments in place. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. oboe & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for oboe and piano is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played in the realisation. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Close

Swing Low, Sweet Chariot arr. flute & piano

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level ar Show More...

This is a very popular piece of music that in many respects transcends idiom, style and at times it could be suggested culture. This improver level arrangement for flute and piano is in common time whilst some of the accompanying chords and rhythmic shapes have been updated to give a contemporary rock style. There are so many interpretations that it is almost impossible to decide how it should be sung, played and performed. This familiar spiritual gained popularity during the 1960’s with the Civil Rights movement and since 1988 it has become associated with the English rugby team. The realisation plays back at a tempo of 100 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the bar whilst the repeat is not played in the realisation. As players become familiar with the content and chordal structure there is opportunity to develop the melodic material through improvisation in an additional repeat especially if it is possible to recruit a percussion player. A flute part is appended to the full score. Playing the second chorus at the octave is also an option. Piano accompaniments are in place. Close

Pavane (Full Version) arr. flute & piano

This is a full version of the Pavan for flute with piano accompaniment based on the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer. The elements of Show More...

This is a full version of the Pavan for flute with piano accompaniment based on the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the note & begins and ends with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. A flute part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane arr. cello & piano

This is intermediate level arrangement for violoncello with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement Show More...

This is intermediate level arrangement for violoncello with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the note & begins and ends with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. The arrangement lasts for approximately 3 minutes and is therefore ideally suited as a concert item. A violoncello part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavan arr. trombone & piano

This is intermediate level arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by th Show More...

This is intermediate level arrangement for trombone with piano accompaniment based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer in the key of F minor. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the note & begins and ends with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. The arrangement lasts for approximately 3 minutes and is therefore ideally suited as a concert item. A trombone part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane arr. soprano saxophone & piano

This is intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangem Show More...

This is intermediate level arrangement for soprano saxophone with piano accompaniment based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer transcribed to the key of F minor. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the note & begins and ends with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. The arrangement lasts for approximately 3 minutes and is therefore ideally suited as a concert item. An soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane arr. oboe & piano

This is a full version of the Pavan for oboe with piano accompaniment based on the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer sounding in the or Show More...

This is a full version of the Pavan for oboe with piano accompaniment based on the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer sounding in the original key of F# minor. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 84 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the note & begins and ends with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. An oboe part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane arr. clarinet in B Flat & piano

This is intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in B flat sounding in the key of F minor with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version o Show More...

This is intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in B flat sounding in the key of F minor with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the E# beginning and ending with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. This is an excellent piece for exploring the tonal range of the piano but avoid playing the quieter sections too loudly. The arrangement lasts for approximately 3 minutes and is therefore ideally suited as a concert item. A clarinet in B flat part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane arr. clarinet in A & piano

This is intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangeme Show More...

This is intermediate level arrangement for clarinet in A with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer in the original key of F# minor. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the E# beginning and ending with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. This is an excellent piece for exploring the tonal range of the piano but avoid playing the quieter sections too loudly. The arrangement lasts for approximately 3 minutes and is therefore ideally suited as a concert item. A clarinet in A part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane arr. bassoon & piano

This is intermediate level arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by Show More...

This is intermediate level arrangement for bassoon with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer in the original key of F# minor. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the note & begins and ends with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. The arrangement lasts for approximately 3 minutes and is therefore ideally suited as a concert item. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. Close

Pavane arr. alto saxophone & piano

This is intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement Show More...

This is intermediate level arrangement for alto saxophone with piano accompaniment based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the note & begins and ends with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. The arrangement lasts for approximately 3 minutes and is therefore ideally suited as a concert item. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The sounding key is F minor. Close

Pavane arr. flute & piano

This is intermediate level arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by th Show More...

This is intermediate level arrangement for flute with piano accompaniment is based on a cut down version of the piano and SATB vocal arrangement by the composer in the original key of F# minor. The elements of the piece are a distinctive melody, combined with an accompaniment that is for much of the time figurative in character, the occasional countermelody and bass line. Fauré composed music that references both modal and harmonic scales and this explains the feature known as “false relation” (conflicting accidentals in different voices) which appear in bar 22 and 23 and several other bars. It is music that needs to be played with clarity and dignity and not too quickly. The realisation plays back at 80 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. If the movement is played too quickly it loses its poise and gracefulness. The music exists in many different arrangements but is probably most familiar in its orchestral version although it started off life as a piano piece in the 1880’s. The trill in the realisation begins on the note & begins and ends with sixteenth notes as shown in the video score on YouTube although trills are open to being interpreted in different ways. The pavane has its origins as a slow processional dance popular in the renaissance period but has since been given a new lease of life by composers including Fauré and Ravel. The music editor suggests that the pianist makes limited use of use of the sustaining pedal particularly when the bass notes have a quarter note (crotchet) value. The arrangement lasts for approximately 3 minutes and is therefore ideally suited as a concert item. A flute part is appended to the full score. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. baritone horn & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Princ Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles it is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instruments. This arrangement keeps the melody as it usually sung but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel. The players have the option of playing the repeat whilst a baritone horn part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. trombone & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Princ Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles it is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement for trombone and piano is in 6/8 time whilst the realisation plays at 48 dotted quarter (crotchet) beats to the minute. This arrangement keeps the melody as it usually sung but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel. The repeat is optional whilst a trombone part is attached to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. trumpet in B Flat & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Princ Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles it is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instrument combinations This arrangement keeps the melody as it usually sung but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel The repeat is optional and a trumpet in B flat part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. French horn & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Princ Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles it is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time. This arrangement keeps the melody as it usually sung but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel. The repeat is optional and a horn in F (French horn) part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available at tempi of (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. tenor horn & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Princ Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles it is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instruments. This arrangement keeps the melody as it usually sung but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel. The tenor player has the option of playing the repeat whilst a tenor horn part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. viola & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles the song is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time. This arrangement keeps the melody as it usually sung but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel. The repeat is optional whilst a viola part is appended to the full score. Piano accompaniments are also in place. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. violin & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles the song is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time. This arrangement keeps the melody as it usually sung but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel. The violinist has the option of playing the repeat of the chorus an octave higher. The repeat does not sound in the realisation whilst a violin part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. violoncello & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles the song is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time. This arrangement keeps the melody as it usually sung but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel. The repeat is optional whilst a violoncello part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 48 (2) 50 (3) 52 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. alto saxophone & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles the song is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instrument combinations. In this arrangement the accompanying chords have been updated to make the setting more contemporary. An alto saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. bass clarinet & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles the song is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instrument combinations This arrangement keeps the melody as usually as it usually sung but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel. A bass clarinet part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. bassoon & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Princ Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst the song’s text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles it is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instrument combinations This arrangement keeps the melody as usually but some of the accompanying chords have been updated to give a more contemporary feel. A bassoon part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. soprano saxophone & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles the song is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instrument combinations. In this arrangement the accompanying chords have been updated to make the setting more contemporary. A soprano saxophone part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. clarinet in B flat & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles the song is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instrument combinations. In this arrangement the accompanying chords have been updated to make the setting more contemporary. A clarinet in Bb part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. oboe & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles the song is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instrument combinations. In this arrangement the accompanying chords have been updated to make the setting more contemporary. An oboe part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Skye Boat Song arr. flute & piano

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles Show More...

This familiar Scottish folk song begins and ends with a chorus (chorus-verse-chorus) and whilst its text describes the escape of Bonnie Prince Charles the song is often sung as a lullaby. This improver level arrangement is in 6/8 time and is suited to being played by a number of instrument combinations. In this arrangement the accompanying chords have been updated to make the setting more contemporary. The flautist has the option of playing the repeated chorus an octave higher as in the realisation. A flute part is appended to the full score. There are three piano accompaniments available playing at (1) 52 (2) 50 (3) 48 dotted quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute. Close

Scarborough Fair arr. viola & piano

An arrangement for viola and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats t Show More...

An arrangement for viola and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. The melody section is repeated 4 times by the solo instrumentalist and it is the piano accompaniment that is varied for each verse. The arrangement has been designed very much to build confidence in solo playing working alongside a competent accompanist. Texturally the music is quite sparse which helps give it a haunting quality. The accompanist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated in the score. The lyrics for the song are well worth a read through because they identify many of the challenges of modern living despite having their origins as an English ballad written many centuries ago. A viola part is appended to the full score. The three accompaniment options have tempi of I) 150 2) 144 and 3) 138 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute which can be alternatively looked at as being 1) 50 2) 48, and 3) 46 dotted half notes (minims) to the minute. If you are confused the music editor understands completely but the best advice is to play with a one to a bar feel. Close

Scarborough Fair arr. cello & piano

An arrangement for violoncello and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) b Show More...

An arrangement for violoncello and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. The melody section is repeated 4 times by the solo instrumentalist and it is the piano accompaniment that is varied for each verse. The arrangement has been designed very much to build confidence in solo playing working alongside a competent accompanist. Texturally the music is quite sparse which helps give it a haunting quality. The accompanist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated in the score. The lyrics for the song are well worth a read through because they identify many of the challenges of modern living despite having their origins as an English ballad written many centuries ago. A violoncello part is appended to the full score. The three accompaniment options have tempi of I) 150 2) 144 and 3) 138 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute which can be alternatively looked at as being 1) 50 2) 48, and 3) 46 dotted half notes (minims) to the minute. If you are confused the music editor understands completely but the best advice is to play with a one to a bar feel. Close

Scarborough Fair arr. violin & piano

An arrangement for violin and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats Show More...

An arrangement for violin and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. The melody section is repeated 4 times by the solo instrumentalist and whilst octave playing is explored it is the piano accompaniment that is varied for each verse. The arrangement has been designed very much to build confidence in solo playing working alongside a competent accompanist. Texturally the music is quite sparse which helps give it a haunting quality. The accompanist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated in the score. The lyrics for the song are well worth a read through because they identify many of the challenges of modern living despite having their origins as an English ballad written many centuries ago. A viola part is appended to the full score. The three accompaniment options have tempi of I) 150 2) 144 and 3) 138 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute which can be alternatively looked at as being 1) 50 2) 48, and 3) 46 dotted half notes (minims) to the minute. If you are confused the music editor understands completely but the best advice is to play with a one to a bar feel. Close

Scarborough Fair arr. French horn & piano

An arrangement for horn in f (French horn) and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half not Show More...

An arrangement for horn in f (French horn) and piano of this popular English folk song in the dorian mode. The realisation plays at 50 dotted half notes (minim) beats to the minute. The melody section is repeated 4 times by the solo instrumentalist and it is the piano accompaniment that is varied for each verse. The arrangement has been designed very much to build confidence in solo playing working alongside a competent accompanist. Texturally the music is quite sparse which helps give it a haunting quality. The accompanist may wish to add some sustaining pedal although this has not been indicated in the score. The lyrics for the song are well worth a read through because they identify many of the challenges of modern living despite having their origins as an English ballad written many centuries ago. A horn in F part appropriately transposed is appended to the full score. The three accompaniment options have tempi of 1) 150 2) 144 and 3) 138 quarter note (crotchet) beats to the minute which can be alternatively looked at as being 1) 50 2) 48, and 3) 46 dotted half notes (minims) to the minute. If you are confused the music editor understands completely but the best advice is to play with a one to a bar feel. Close

Scarborough Fair arr. bassoon & piano